HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL INC
S-8, 1997-04-04
INSURANCE CARRIERS, NEC
Previous: NORWEST SELECT FUNDS, PRER14A, 1997-04-04
Next: MAPINFO CORP, S-8, 1997-04-04







AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 4, 1997

                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549

                              ----------------

                                  FORM S-8

                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                   Under

                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                              ----------------

                      FOUNDATION HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
           (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                              ----------------

    21600 OXNARD STREET, WOODLAND HILLS, CALIFORNIA 91367 (818) 719-6775
      3400 DATA DRIVE, RANCHO CORDOVA, CALIFORNIA 95670 (916) 631-5000
        225 NORTH MAIN STREET, PUEBLO, COLORADO 81003 (719) 542-0500
          (Addresses, including ZIP Codes, and telephone numbers,
     including area codes, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                              ----------------


             DELAWARE                               95-4288333
     (State of other jurisdiction              (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or organization)          Identification No.)


         FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
   FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) PLAN (AMENDED
                  AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1994)
          1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN OF FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION
    1992 NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN OF FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION
             1989 STOCK PLAN OF BUSINESS INSURANCE CORPORATION
          MANAGED HEALTH NETWORK, INC. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 MANAGED HEALTH NETWORK, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN
          1993 NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN OF FOUNDATION HEALTH
         CORPORATION (AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 7, 1995)
                           (Full Title of Plans)


                          MICHAEL E. JANSEN, ESQ.
                      FOUNDATION HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
        225 NORTH MAIN STREET, PUEBLO, COLORADO 81003 (719) 542-0500
    (Name, address, including ZIP Code, and telephone number, including
                      area code, of agent for service)


                                 Copies to:

   ALLEN J. MARABITO, ESQ.                       B. CURTIS WESTEN, ESQ.
 FOUNDATION HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.            FOUNDATION HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.
        3400 DATA DRIVE                          225 NORTH MAIN STREET
 RANCHO CORDOVA, CALIFORNIA 95670               PUEBLO, COLORADO 81003
        (916) 631-5000                               (719) 542-0500



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class                          Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum     Amount of
of Securities to be         Amount to be      Offering Price     Aggregate Offering   Registration
    Registered               Registered         Per Unit              Price               Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>
Class A Common Stock,
par value $.001 per 
share....................  4,762,006 shares    $ 28.3125 (1)      $ 134,824,295 (1)   $ 40,856 (1)

Rights to Purchase 
Series A Junior 
Participating Preferred
Stock....................       -- (2)              -- (2)                -- (2)           -- (3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(c) and (h) under the Securities Act of 1933 based
     upon the average of the high ($28.625) and low ($28.00) reported sales
     prices of the Registrant's Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per
     share, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
     Transactions Tape on April 2, 1997.

(2)  Such number of Rights as are associated with the shares of Common
     Stock registered hereby from time to time pursuant to the terms of the
     Registrant's Stockholder Rights Plan. Initially, the Rights are
     attached to and trade with the shares of Common Stock.

(3)  Pursuant to Rule 457, no additional registration fee is required for
     the Rights.




                                   PART I

            INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION 10(A) PROSPECTUS

ITEM 1. PLAN INFORMATION

      Not required to be filed with this Registration Statement.

ITEM 2. REGISTRANT INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE PLAN ANNUAL INFORMATION

      Not required to be filed with this Registration Statement.



                                  PART II

             INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3. INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

      Foundation Health Systems, Inc. (the "Registrant") hereby
incorporates the following documents herein by reference:

      (a)  The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Registrant for the year
ended December 31, 1996;

      (b)  All reports of the Registrant filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Exchange Act since December 31, 1996;

      (c)  The description of the Registrant's Class A Common Stock, $.001
par value per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), contained in the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated January 21, 1994
(File No, 1-12718);

      (d)  The description of the Registrant's Rights to purchase Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock contained in the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated July 16, 1996 (File No. 1-12718);
and

      (e)  All documents subsequently filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the
filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities
offered have been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining
unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and to be a
part hereof from the date of filing such documents.

      Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent that a
statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document
which also is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

ITEM 4. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

      Not applicable.

ITEM 5. INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

      None.

ITEMS 6.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware
GCL") permits indemnification of directors, officers and employees of a
corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement of litigation under certain conditions and
subject to certain limitations. The Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation of the Registrant (the "Certificate") provides that a
director shall not be personally liable to the Registrant or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except: (i) for any breach of the duty of loyalty; (ii) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or
knowing violations of law; (iii) for liability under Section 174 of the
Delaware GCL (relating to certain unlawful dividends, stock repurchases or
stock redemptions); or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived any improper personal benefit. The effect of this provision in the
Certificate is to eliminate the right of the Registrant and its
stockholders (through stockholders' derivative suits on behalf of the
Registrant) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of
the fiduciary duty of care as a director (including breaches resulting from
negligent or grossly negligent behavior) except in certain limited
situations. This provision does not limit or eliminate the right of the
Registrant or any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief such as an
injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director's duty of
care. These provisions will not alter the liability of directors under
federal securities laws.

      Article VI of the Certificate and Article VI of the Registrant's
Restated Bylaws provide that the Registrant shall indemnify each director
and officer to the fullest extent and in the manner set forth in and
permitted by the Delaware GCL and other applicable laws and that the
Registrant may indemnify employees or agents of the Registrant to the
extent and in the manner set forth in and permitted by the Delaware GCL and
other applicable laws. In addition, the Registrant has entered into various
Indemnification Agreements with certain of its officers and directors to
contractually provide indemnification coverage consistent with such Bylaws.

      In addition, the Registrant maintains an officers' and directors'
liability insurance policy insuring the Registrant's officers and directors
against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by them in their
capacities as such, and insuring the Registrant, under certain
circumstances, in the event that indemnification payments are made by the
Registrant to such officers and directors.

      Pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
October 1, 1996 (the "Merger Agreement"), among the Registrant, FH
Acquisition Corp. and Foundation Health Corporation ("FHC"), the Registrant
has agreed that, for a period of six years following the Effective Time (as
defined in the Merger Agreement), (a) the Registrant will continue and
guarantee the performance of the indemnification rights of present and
former directors and officers of the Registrant and FHC provided for in the
Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Indemnification Agreements of the
Registrant and FHC, with respect to indemnification for acts and omissions
occurring prior to the Effective Time, and (b) the Registrant will cause to
be maintained the current policies of the officers' and directors'
liability insurance maintained by the Registrant and FHC covering persons
who are presently covered by each company's officers' and directors'
liability insurance policies with respect to acts and omissions occurring
prior to the Effective Time; provided that policies with third-party
insurers of similar or better A.M. Best rating whose terms, conditions and
coverage are no less advantageous may be substituted therefor, and provided
further that in no event shall the Registrant be required to expend to
maintain or procure insurance coverage an amount in excess of 150% of the
current annual premiums for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 1997.

ITEM 7. EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED

      Not applicable.

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS

  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 1, 1996 among Health
        Systems International, Inc., Foundation Health Corporation and FH
        Acquisition Corp. (included as Annex A to the Joint Proxy
        Statement/Prospectus filed with the Registrant's Registration
        Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-19273)) is hereby incorporated
        by reference.

 *4.1   Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
        Registrant, a copy of which is filed herewith.

 *4.2   Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, a copy of
        which is filed herewith.

 *4.3   Foundation Health Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, a copy
        of which is filed herewith.

 *4.4   Foundation Health Corporation Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan
        (Amended and Restated effective January 1, 1994), a copy of which
        is filed herewith.

 *4.5   1990 Stock Option Plan of Foundation Health Corporation, a copy of
        which is filed herewith.

 *4.6   1992 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan of Foundation Health
        Corporation, a copy of which is filed herewith.

 *4.7   1989 Stock Plan of Business Insurance Corporation (as Amended and
        Restated Effective September 22, 1992), a copy of which is filed
        herewith.

 *4.8   Managed Health Network, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan, a copy of
        which is filed herewith.

 *4.9   Managed Health Network, Inc. Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Option
        Plan, a copy of which is filed herewith.

*4.10   1993 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan of Foundation Health
        Corporation (as amended and restated effective September 7, 1995),
        a copy of which is filed herewith.

 *5.1   Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), counsel
        to the Registrant, as to the legality of the securities being
        registered, a copy of which is filed herewith.

*23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, a copy of which is filed
        herewith.

 23.3   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois)
        (included in their opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).

 24.1   Powers of Attorney (included at pages II-7 and II-8).

- -------------------
* A copy of which is filed herewith

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS

      (a)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

           (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made of the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment
to this Registration Statement:

                (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
of the Securities Act of 1933;

                (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
this Registration Statement;

                (iii)  To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration
Statement or any material change to such information in this Registration
Statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i) and (1)(ii) do not apply to the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs if contained in periodic reports filed by the Registrant
pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement.

           (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

           (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

      (b)  The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that, for
purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933,
each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and each filing of
the annual report of the plans pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      (c)  Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense
of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.



                                 SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pueblo, State of Colorado, on
April 4, 1997.

                                     FOUNDATION HEALTH SYSTEMS, INC.  
                                                                      
                                     By /s/ Malik M. Hasan, M.D.
                                        -----------------------------
                                        Malik M. Hasan, M.D.          
                                        President and Chief Executive 
                                          Officer                     
                                        (Principal Executive Officer) 
                                                                      
                                                                      
                                     By /s/ Jeffrey L. Elder
                                        -----------------------------
                                        Jeffrey L. Elder              
                                        Senior Vice President and     
                                          Chief Financial Officer     
                                        (Principal Financial and      
                                           Accounting Officer)        
                                            


                             POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Malik M. Hasan, M.D., Daniel D.
Crowley and Michael E. Jansen, and each of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully
to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents
or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on the 4th day of April, 1997.


/s/ Malik M. Hasan, M.D.     Director, President and Chief     April 4, 1997
- -------------------------    Executive Officer (Principal
Malik M. Hasan, M.D.              Executive Officer)


/s/ Jeffrey L. Elder           Senior Vice President and       April 4, 1997
- -------------------------       Chief Financial Officer 
Jeffrey L. Elder               (Principal Financial and
                                  Accounting Officer)


/s/ Daniel D. Crowley                Director and             April 4, 1997
- -------------------------       Chairman of the Board
Daniel D. Crowley


/s/ J. Thomas Bouchard              Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
J. Thomas Bouchard


/s/ George Deukmejian               Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
George Deukmejian


/s/ Earl B. Fowler                  Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Earl B. Fowler


/s/ Thomas T. Farley                Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Thomas T. Farley


/s/ Patrick Foley                   Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Patrick Foley


/s/ Roger F. Greaves                Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Roger F. Greaves


/s/ Richard W. Hanselman            Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Richard W. Hanselman


/s/ Richard J. Stegemeier           Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Richard J. Stegemeier


/s/ Raymond S. Troubh               Director                  April 4, 1997
- -------------------------
Raymond S. Troubh




                                                                 SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT                                                          PAGE
NUMBER                           DESCRIPTION                     NUMBER
- -------                          -----------                     ----------

  2.1                  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated           N/A
                       October 1, 1996 among Health Systems
                       International, Inc., Foundation
                       Health Corporation and FH Acquisition
                       Corp. (included as Annex A to the
                       Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
                       filed with the Registrant's
                       Registration Statement on Form S-4
                       (File No. 333-19273)) is hereby
                       incorporated by reference.

 *4.1                  Fourth Amended and Restated
                       Certificate of Incorporation of the
                       Registrant, a copy of which is filed
                       herewith.

 *4.2                  Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of
                       the Registrant, a copy of which is
                       filed herewith.

 *4.3                  Foundation Health Corporation Employee
                       Stock Purchase Plan, a copy of which
                       is filed herewith.

 *4.4                  Foundation Health Corporation Profit
                       Sharing and 401(k) Plan (Amended and
                       Restated effective January 1, 1994), a
                       copy of which is filed herewith.

 *4.5                  1990 Stock Option Plan of Foundation
                       Health Corporation, a copy of which is
                       filed herewith.

 *4.6                  1992 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan of
                       Foundation Health Corporation, a copy
                       of which is filed herewith.

 *4.7                  1989 Stock Plan of Business Insurance
                       Corporation (as Amended and Restated
                       Effective September 22, 1992), a copy
                       of which is filed herewith.

 *4.8                  Managed Health Network, Inc. Incentive
                       Stock Option Plan, a copy of which is
                       filed herewith.

 *4.9                  Managed Health Network, Inc. Amended
                       and Restated 1991 Stock Option Plan, a
                       copy of which is filed herewith.

 *4.10                 1993 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan of
                       Foundation Health Corporation (as
                       amended and restated effective
                       September 7, 1995), a copy of which is
                       filed herewith.

 *5.1                  Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
                       Meagher & Flom (Illinois), counsel to
                       the Registrant, as to the legality of
                       the securities being registered, a
                       copy of which is filed herewith.

 *23.1                 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, a
                       copy of which is filed herewith.

  23.3                 Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate,              N/A
                       Meagher & Flom (Illinois) (included in
                       their opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).

  24.1                 Powers of Attorney (included at pages
                       II-7 and II-8).

- ---------------
*  A copy of which is filed herewith




                                                        Exhibit 4.1

                          FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                       HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                    Health Systems International, Inc., a
          corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
          State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

                    1.  The name of the corporation is Health
          Systems International, Inc.  Health Systems
          International, Inc. was originally incorporated under the
          name of HN Management Holdings, Inc., and the original
          Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware
          Secretary of State on June 7, 1990.

                    2.  The First Amended and Restated Certificate
          of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of
          State on July 19, 1991.

                    3.  The Second Amended and Restated Certificate
          of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of
          State on January 15, 1992.

                    4.   The Third Amended and Restated Certificate
          of Incorporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of
          State on January 28, 1994.

                    5.  Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
          General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this
          Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
          amends and restates the provisions of the Third Amended
          and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
          corporation.

                    6.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a copy of
          the Certificate of Designation as filed with the Delaware
          Secretary of State on July 31, 1996 which shall remain in
          full force and effect following the filing of the Fourth
          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as
          follows.

                    7.  The text of the Certificate of
          Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in
          its entirety as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I

                                     NAME

               The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the
          "Corporation") is Foundation Health Systems, Inc.

                                  ARTICLE II

                               PRINCIPAL OFFICE

               The registered office of the Corporation in the
          State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust
          Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,
          County of New Castle.  The name of the Corporation's
          registered agent is The Corporation Trust Company.

                                 ARTICLE III

                                   PURPOSE

               The purpose for which the Corporation is organized
          is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
          corporations may be organized under the General
          Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                           AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

               SECTION 1.  The total number of shares of all
          classes of stock which the Corporation shall have
          authority to issue is Three Hundred Ninety Million
          (390,000,000) shares as follows:  (a) Three Hundred Fifty
          Million (350,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock,
          $.001 par value per share ("Class A Common Stock"), (b)
          Thirty Million (30,000,000) shares of Class B Convertible
          Common Stock, $.001 par value per share ("Class B Common
          Stock") and (c) Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of
          Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share ("Preferred
          Stock").

               SECTION 2.  The designations, preferences,
          qualifications, privileges, limitations and restrictions
          of the classes of stock of the Corporation and the
          express grant of authority to the Board of Directors of
          the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") to fix by
          resolution the designations, preferences, qualifications,
          privileges, limitations, and restrictions relating to the
          classes of stock of the Corporation which are not fixed
          by this Certificate of Incorporation are as follows:

                             CLASS A COMMON STOCK

          A.     DIVIDENDS.

               Subject to any other provisions of this Certificate
          of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, holders
          of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such
          dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or
          property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon
          from time to time by the Board of Directors out of assets
          or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

          B.     VOTING.

               (i)  At every meeting of the stockholders, every
          holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one
          (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of Class A
          Common Stock standing in his or her name on the transfer
          books of the Corporation.

               (ii)  The provisions of this Article IV of this
          Certificate of Incorporation shall not be modified,
          revised, altered or amended, repealed or rescinded, in
          whole or in part, without the affirmative vote of the
          holders of a majority of the shares of Class A Common
          Stock.

                             CLASS B COMMON STOCK

          C.     DIVIDENDS.

               Subject to any other provisions of this Certificate
          of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, holders
          of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such
          dividends and other distributions in cash, common stock
          or property of the Corporation as may be declared on the
          Class A Common Stock from time to time by the Board of
          Directors out of the assets or funds of the Corporation
          legally available therefor.

          D.     VOTING.

               (i)  The holders of Class B Common Stock shall have
          no right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the
          stockholders of the Corporation (including, without
          limitation, any election or removal of the directors of
          the Corporation), and the Class B Common Stock shall not
          be included in determining the number of shares voting or
          entitled to vote on such matters.  No amendment,
          modification or waiver of any provision of this portion
          of Article IV titled Class B Common Stock or any
          provision of this Certificate of Incorporation applicable
          to or affecting the rights of the Class B Common Stock
          (or the number required to approve such amendment,
          modification or waiver) will be effective without the
          prior written consent of the holders of a majority of
          shares of Class B Common Stock at the time outstanding. 
          No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of
          this portion of Article IV titled Class B Common Stock
          will extend to or affect any obligation not expressly
          amended, modified or waived or impair any right
          consequent thereon.  No course of dealing, and no failure
          to exercise or delay in exercising any right, remedy,
          power or privilege under this portion of Article IV
          titled Class B Common Stock will act as a waiver,
          amendment or modification of any provision of this
          portion of Article IV entitled Class B Common Stock.

               (ii)  Upon the occurrence of an Adjustment Event (as
          defined below), the holders of Class B Common Stock
          shall, voting as a class, be entitled to elect a number
          of members of the Board of Directors equal to the number
          of members of the Board of Directors then serving plus
          one (1).  The remaining members of the Board of Directors
          shall be elected separately by the holders of Class A
          Common Stock.  At such time as all Adjustment Events
          which gave rise to the exercise of voting rights provided
          for in this paragraph shall have been cured and no other
          Adjustment Event shall have occurred and remain uncured,
          the contingent rights of the holders of the Class B
          Common Stock shall cease, subject to renewal from time to
          time upon the same terms and conditions.

               (iii)  At any time after the voting power to elect
          members of the Board of Directors shall have become
          vested in the holders of the Class B Common Stock as
          provided above, the President or any Executive Vice
          President of the Corporation may, and upon the request of
          the record holders of Class B Common Stock shall, call a
          special meeting of the holders of Class A Common Stock
          and Class B Common Stock and such other classes of the
          Corporation's stock as shall then have the right to vote
          for the election of directors, to be held at the place
          and upon the notice provided in the By-laws of the
          Corporation for the holding of meetings of the
          stockholders.  If the meeting shall not be so called
          within ten (10) days after personal service of the
          request, or within fifteen (15) days after mailing of the
          request by registered mail within the United States of
          America, then the record holders of the Class B Common
          Stock may call the meeting, and may call for the meeting
          at the place and upon the notice above provided, and for
          that purpose shall have access to the stock books of the
          Corporation.

               (iv)  When the limited rights of the holders of
          Class B Common Stock to vote as provided above have
          ceased, the term of office of the persons elected by it
          as directors pursuant thereto as a result of an
          Adjustment Event shall terminate and the vacancies may
          (but need not) be filled by the remaining members of the
          Board of Directors.

               (v)  The term "Adjustment Event" shall mean any one
          or more of the following events, which shall be deemed to
          have occurred ninety (90) days after the date on which
          the holders of Class B Common Stock give notice in
          writing ("Notice") to the Corporation of the Adjustment
          Event:

                    (1)  There shall have occurred an Event of
          Default (as defined below) under that certain
          Nonnegotiable Senior Secured Promissory Note by Health
          Net, a California corporation ("Health Net"), in the
          original principal amount of One Hundred Fifty Million
          Dollars ($150,000,000).

                    (2)  There shall have occurred an Event of
          Default (as defined below) under that certain
          Nonnegotiable Subordinated Secured Promissory Note by
          Health Net, in the original principal amount of Seventy-
          five Million Dollars ($75,000,000).

                    (3)  There shall have occurred an Event of
          Default (as defined below) under that certain Senior
          Security Agreement dated as of January 28, 1992, by and
          between The California Wellness Foundation, a California
          nonprofit public benefit corporation (the "Foundation"),
          and Health Net.

                    (4)  There shall have occurred an Event of
          Default (as defined below) under that certain
          Subordinated Security Agreement dated as of January 28,
          1992, by and between the Foundation and Health Net.

                    (5)  There shall have occurred an Event of
          Default (as defined below) under that certain Cash Pledge
          Agreement dated as of January 28, 1992, by and between
          the Foundation and Health Net.

                    (6)  There shall have occurred an Event of
          Default (as defined below) under that certain Sinking
          Fund Agreement dated as of January 28, 1992, by and
          between the Foundation and Health Net.

                    The term "Event of Default" as used above shall
          have the meaning ascribed to it in the document listed in
          subsections D(v)(1)-(6) above.

          E.     CONVERSION.

               (i)  Upon the transfer of any whole number of all of
          the shares of Class B Common Stock to a third party
          affiliated with the original owner, the transferred
          shares of Class B Common Stock shall convert into fully
          paid and nonnegotiable shares of Class A Common Stock at
          the rate of one share of Class A Common Stock for each
          share of Class B Common Stock so converted.  The
          conversion shall be effected at the time the holders of
          Class B Common Stock surrender such holders' certificate
          or certificates for Class B Common Stock to be
          transferred, duly endorsed, at the office of the
          Corporation or any transfer agent for Class B Common
          Stock.  Promptly thereafter, the Corporation shall issue
          and deliver to the assignee, a certificate or
          certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common
          Stock to which the assignee shall be entitled as
          aforesaid.  The conversion shall be deemed to have been
          made at the close of business on the date of the
          surrender and the person or persons entitled to receive
          shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on the conversion
          shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or
          holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock on that
          date.

               (ii)  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and
          keep available out of the authorized and unissued shares
          of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of
          effecting the conversion of the outstanding Class B
          Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common
          Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect
          a conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock, and
          if, at any time, the number of authorized and unissued
          shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to
          effect conversion of the then outstanding Class B Common
          Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action
          as may be necessary to increase the number of authorized
          and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such
          number as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

          F.     REDEMPTION.

               The Corporation shall have the right to redeem the
          Class B Common Stock in accordance with that certain
          Amended Foundation Shareholder Agreement (the
          "Agreement") dated as of January 28, 1992, by and among
          the Corporation, the Foundation and the holders of Class
          A Common Stock listed on Schedule 1 to the Agreement; a
          copy of the Agreement is available for inspection at the
          Corporation's principal place of business.

          G.     ADJUSTMENTS.

               The initial number of shares of Class A Common Stock
          into which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible
          shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, after
          the date hereof, in case the Corporation shall:

               (i)  Pay a dividend in, or make a distribution of,
          shares of Class A Common Stock;

               (ii)  Subdivide its outstanding shares of Class A
          Common Stock into a greater number of such shares;

               (iii)  Combine its outstanding shares of Class A
          Common Stock into a smaller number of such shares; or

               (iv)  Consolidate or merge with or into another
          corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which
          does not result in any reclassification or change of the
          Class A Common Stock), or sell or convey all or
          substantially all of the Corporation's assets as an
          entirety to another corporation.

          The total number of shares of Class A Common Stock and
          the number of shares of capital stock convertible into
          Class A Common Stock shall be adjusted so that the holder
          of Class B Common Stock thereafter surrendered for
          conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of
          shares of Class A Common Stock which it would have owned
          or have been entitled to receive immediately following
          the happening of any of the events described above had
          such Class B Common Stock been converted immediately
          following the happening of such event.  An adjustment
          made pursuant to this Section shall, in the case of a
          stock dividend or distribution, become effective as of
          the record date therefor and, in the case of a
          subdivision, combination, grant, conveyance or merger, be
          made as of the effective date thereof.

                               PREFERRED STOCK

               The Board of Directors is authorized to provide, by
          resolution, for the issuance of one or more series of
          Preferred Stock out of the unissued shares of Preferred
          Stock.  Except as may be required by law, the shares in
          any series of Preferred Stock or any shares of stock of
          any other class need not be identical to any other series
          of Preferred Stock or any other class.  Before any shares
          of Preferred Stock of any series are issued, the Board of
          Directors shall fix, and is hereby expressly empowered to
          fix, by resolution, the following provisions regarding
          such shares:

               (i)  The designations of such series, the number of
          shares to constitute such series and the stated value
          thereof if different from the par value thereof;

               (ii)  Whether the shares of such series shall have
          voting rights, and, if so, the terms of the voting right,
          which may be general or limited;

               (iii)  The dividends, if any, payable on the Series,
          whether any dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so,
          from what dates; the conditions and dates upon which the
          dividends shall be payable; the preference or relation
          which the dividends shall bear to the dividends payable
          on any shares of stock of any other series of Preferred
          Stock;

               (iv)  Whether the shares of the series shall be
          subject to redemption by the Corporation and, if so, the
          times, prices and other conditions of the redemption;

               (v)  The amount or amounts payable upon shares of
          the series, and the rights of the holders of such series
          in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of
          the assets, of the Corporation;

               (vi)  Whether the shares of the series shall be
          subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund
          and, if so, the extent to and manner in which such
          retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the
          purchase or redemption of the shares of the series for
          retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and
          provisions relative to the operation thereof;

               (vii)  Whether the shares of the series shall be
          convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of Class A
          Common Stock or any other series of Preferred Stock or
          any other securities (whether or not issued by the
          Corporation), and, if so, the price or prices or the rate
          or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if
          any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and
          conditions of conversion or exchange;

               (viii)  The limitations and restrictions, if any, to
          be effective upon the payment of dividends or the making
          of other distributions on, and upon the purchase,
          redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation of,
          Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or shares of
          stock of any other class or any other series of Preferred
          Stock;

               (ix)  The conditions or restrictions, if any, upon
          the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation or upon
          the issuance of any additional stock, including
          additional shares of the series or any other series of
          Preferred Stock or any other class of stock;

               (x)  The ranking (be it pari passu, junior or
          senior) of each class or series vis-a-vis any other class
          or series of any class of Preferred Stock as to the
          payment of dividends, the distribution of assets and all
          other matters; and

               (xi)  Any other powers, preferences and relative,
          participating, optional and other special rights, and any
          qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof,
          insofar as they are not inconsistent with the provisions
          of this Certificate of Incorporation, to the full extent
          permitted in accordance with the laws of the State of
          Delaware.

               The powers, preferences and relative, participating,
          optional and other special rights of each series of
          Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or
          restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of
          any and all other series at any time outstanding.

                                  ARTICLE V

                      COMPOSITION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                           AND STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

               The following provisions are inserted for the
          management of the business and for the conduct of the
          affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition,
          limitation and regulation of the powers of the
          Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

               SECTION 1.  The business and affairs of the
          Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of
          a Board of Directors consisting of not less than three
          nor more than twenty directors, the exact number of
          directors to be determined in accordance with the By-laws
          of the Corporation.  The directors shall be divided into
          three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class
          III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be
          possible, of one-third of the total number of directors
          constituting the entire Board of Directors.  At each
          annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 1994,
          successors to the class of directors whose term expires
          at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three year
          term.  If the number of directors is changed, any
          increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the
          classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each
          class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case shall a
          decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of
          any incumbent director.  A director shall hold office
          until the annual meeting for the year in which his term
          expires and until his successor shall be elected and
          shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death,
          resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from
          office.

               SECTION 2.  Subject to the rights of holders of any
          series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or any other
          securities of the Corporation (including Class B Common
          Stock pursuant to Section 2(D) of Article IV hereof), any
          vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an
          increase in the number of directors (subject to Section 1
          of this Article V) may be filled by a majority of the
          Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum
          is present, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board
          of Directors may be filled by a majority of the directors
          then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole
          remaining director.  Any director of any class elected to
          fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class
          shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the
          remaining term of that class.  Any director elected to
          fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the
          number of directors shall have the same remaining term as
          that of his predecessor.

               SECTION 3.  Subject to the rights of holders of any
          series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director
          or the entire Board of Directors may be removed only for
          cause by an affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six
          and two-thirds percent (66 %) of the then outstanding
          shares of Voting Stock (as defined in Article VIII);
          provided, however, that if a proposal to remove a
          director for cause is made by or on behalf of an
          Interested Stockholder (as defined in Article VIII) or a
          director affiliated with an Interested Stockholder, then
          such removal shall require the affirmative vote of the
          holders of a majority of the Disinterested Shares.  For
          purposes of this Section 3, "Disinterested Shares" means,
          as to any Interested Stockholder, shares of Voting Stock
          held by stockholders other than such Interested
          Stockholder.  For purposes of this Section 3, "cause"
          shall mean the willful and continuous failure of a
          director substantially to perform his or her duties to
          the Corporation (other than a failure resulting from
          incapacity because of physical or mental illness) or the
          willful engaging by a director in gross misconduct
          materially and demonstrably injurious to the Corporation.

               SECTION 4.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever
          the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock
          issued by the Corporation or of any other securities of
          the Corporation (including Class B Common Stock pursuant
          to Section 2(D) of Article IV hereof) shall have the
          right, voting separately by series, to elect directors at
          an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the
          election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other
          features of such directorships shall be governed by the
          terms of this Certificate of Incorporation, and such
          directors so elected shall not be divided into classes
          pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by
          such terms.

               SECTION 5.  Election of directors need not be by
          ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

               SECTION 6.  In addition to the powers and
          authorities hereinabove or by statute expressly conferred
          upon them, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to
          exercise all powers and do all acts and things as may be
          exercised or done by the Corporation; subject,
          nevertheless, to the provisions of the statutes of
          Delaware, of this Certificate of Incorporation, and to
          any by-laws from time to time made by the stockholders;
          provided, however, that no by-law so made shall
          invalidate any prior act of the Board of Directors which
          would have been valid if that by-law had not been made.

               SECTION 7.  The Board of Directors shall have the
          concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter,
          amend, change, add to or repeal (collectively referred to
          as a "Change") the By-laws of the Corporation; provided
          that any Change of the By-laws must be approved either by
          (i) seventy-five percent (75%) of the authorized number
          of directors and, if one or more Interested Stockholder
          exists, by a majority of the directors who are Continuing
          Directors (as defined in Article VIII), or (ii) the
          affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty
          percent (80%) of the then outstanding shares of Voting
          Stock and, if the Change is proposed by or on behalf of
          an Interested Stockholder or a director affiliated with
          an Interested Stockholder, by the affirmative vote of the
          holders of a majority of the Disinterested Shares.

               SECTION 8.  No action required or permitted to be
          taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of
          the Corporation may be taken by written consent without a
          meeting of such stockholders.

               SECTION 9.  Special meetings of the stockholders of
          the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called
          at any time by the Chairman of the Board, or by a
          majority of the members of the Board of Directors;
          provided, however, that where a proposal requiring
          stockholder approval is made by or on behalf of an
          Interested Stockholder or director affiliated with an
          Interested Stockholder, or where an Interested
          Stockholder otherwise seeks action requiring stockholder
          approval, then the affirmative vote of a majority of the
          Continuing Directors shall also be required to call a
          special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of
          considering such proposal or obtaining such approval. 
          Such special meeting may not be called by any other
          person or persons or in any other manner.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                               INDEMNIFICATION

               SECTION 1.  The Corporation shall indemnify any
          person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
          a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
          suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
          administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
          that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the
          Corporation, against expenses (including but not limited
          to, attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
          in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or
          her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to
          the fullest extent and in the manner set forth in and 
          permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
          Delaware, and any other applicable law, as from time to
          time in effect.  To the maximum extent permitted by law,
          the Corporation shall advance expenses (including
          attorneys' fees) incurred by such person indemnified
          hereunder in defending any civil, criminal,
          administrative or investigative action, suit or
          proceeding upon an undertaking by or on behalf of such
          person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
          determined that he or she is not entitled to be
          indemnified by the Corporation.  Such rights of
          indemnification and advancement of expenses shall not be
          deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which such
          director or officer may be entitled apart from the
          foregoing provisions.  The foregoing provisions of this
          Section 1 shall be deemed to be a contract between the
          Corporation and each director and officer who serves in
          such capacity at any time while this Section 1 and the
          relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the
          State of Delaware and other applicable law, if any, are
          in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall
          not affect any rights or obligations then existing, with
          respect to any state of facts then or theretofore
          existing, or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore
          or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in
          part upon any such state of facts.

               SECTION 2.  The Corporation may indemnify any person
          who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
          to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
          proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
          investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or
          was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
          serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director,
          officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
          partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
          against expenses (including, but not limited to,
          attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
          settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
          connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the
          extent and in the manner set forth in and permitted by
          the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and
          any other applicable law as from time to time in effect. 
          Such right of indemnification shall not be deemed to be
          exclusive of any other rights to which any such person
          may be entitled apart from the foregoing provisions.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                    LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF FIDUCIARY DUTY

               No director shall be personally liable to the
          Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for
          any breach of fiduciary duty by the director as a
          director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a
          director shall be liable to the extent provided by
          applicable law (i) for breach of the director's duty of
          loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for
          acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
          intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
          (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the General Corporation
          Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction
          from which the director derived an improper personal
          benefit.  No amendment to or repeal of this Article VII
          shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or
          alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for
          or with respect to any act or omission of a director
          occurring prior to such amendment.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                            BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

               SECTION 1.  In addition to any affirmative vote
          required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation or
          the By-laws of the Corporation, and except as otherwise
          expressly provided in Section 2 of this Article VIII, a
          Business Combination (as defined below) with, or proposed
          by or on behalf of, any Interested Stockholder or any
          Affiliate (as defined below) or Associate (as defined
          below) of any Interested Stockholder or any person who
          thereafter would be an Affiliate or Associate of such
          Interested Stockholder shall require the affirmative vote
          of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the votes
          entitled to be cast by the holders of all the then
          outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a
          single class, excluding Voting Stock beneficially owned
          by the Interested Stockholder.  Such affirmative vote
          shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote
          may be required, or that a lesser percentage or separate
          class vote may be specified, by law or in any agreement
          with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

               SECTION 2.  The provisions of Section 1 of this
          Article VIII shall not be applicable to any particular
          Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall
          require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is
          required by law or by any other provision of this
          Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the
          Corporation, or any agreement with any national
          securities exchange, if all of the conditions specified
          in either of the following paragraph (a) or (b) are met,
          or in the case of a Business Combination not involving
          the payment of consideration to the holders of the
          Corporation's outstanding Capital Stock (as defined
          below), if the conditions specified in the following
          paragraph (a) are met:

               (a)  The Business Combination shall have been
          approved, either specifically or as a transaction which
          is within an approved category of transactions, by a
          majority (whether such approval is made prior to or
          subsequent to the acquisition of, or announcement or
          public disclosure of the intention to acquire, beneficial
          ownership of the Voting Stock that caused the Interested
          Stockholder to become an Interested Stockholder) of the
          Continuing Directors.

               (b)  All of the following conditions shall have been
          met:

                    (i)  The aggregate amount of cash and the Fair
               Market Value (as defined below), as of the date of
               the consummation of the Business Combination, of
               consideration other than cash to be received per
               share by holders of Common Stock (as defined below)
               in such Business Combination shall be at least equal
               to the highest amount determined under clauses (A)
               and (B) below.

                         (A)  (if applicable) the highest per share
                    price (including any brokerage commissions,
                    transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees)
                    paid by or on behalf of the Interested
                    Stockholder for any share of Class A Common
                    Stock in connection with the acquisition by the
                    Interested Stockholder of beneficial ownership
                    of shares of Class A Common Stock (x) within
                    the two-year period immediately prior to the
                    first public announcement of the proposed
                    Business Combination (the "Announcement Date")
                    or (y) in the transaction in which it became an
                    Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, in
                    either case as adjusted for any subsequent
                    stock split, subdivision or reclassification
                    with respect to the Class A Common Stock; and 

                         (B)  The Fair Market Value per share of
                    the Class A Common Stock on the Announcement
                    Date or on the date on which the Interested
                    Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder
                    (the "Determination Date"), whichever is
                    higher, as adjusted for any subsequent stock
                    split, stock dividend, subdivision or
                    reclassification with respect to the Common
                    Stock.

                    (ii)  The aggregate amount of cash and the Fair
               Market Value, as of the date of the consummation of
               the Business Combination, of consideration other
               than cash to be received per share by holders of
               shares of any class or series of outstanding Capital
               Stock, other than Common Stock, shall be at least
               equal to the highest amount determined under clauses
               (A), (B) and (C) below:

                         (A)  (if applicable) the highest per share
                    price (including any brokerage commission,
                    transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees)
                    paid by or on behalf of the Interested
                    Stockholder for any share of such class or
                    series of Capital Stock in connection with the
                    acquisition by the Interested Stockholder of
                    beneficial ownership of shares of such class or
                    series of Capital Stock (x) within the two year
                    period immediately prior to the Announcement
                    Date or (y) in the transaction in which it
                    became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is
                    higher, in either case as adjusted for any
                    subsequent stock split, stock dividend,
                    subdivision or reclassification with respect to
                    such class or series of Capital Stock;

                         (B)  The Fair Market Value per share of
                    such class or series of Capital Stock on the
                    Announcement Date or on the Determination Date,
                    whichever is higher, as adjusted for any
                    subsequent stock split, stock dividend,
                    subdivision or reclassification with respect to
                    such class or series of Capital Stock; and 

                         (C)  (if applicable) the highest
                    preferential amount per share to which the
                    holders of shares of such class or series of
                    Capital Stock would be entitled in the event of
                    any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
                    dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the
                    Corporation regardless of whether the Business
                    Combination to be consummated constitutes such
                    an event.

                    The provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be
               required to be met with respect to every class or
               series of outstanding Capital Stock, whether or not
               the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired
               beneficial ownership of any shares of a particular
               class or series of Capital Stock.

                    (iii)  The consideration to be received by
               holders of a particular class or series of
               outstanding Capital Stock shall be in cash or in the
               same form as previously has been paid by or on
               behalf of the Interested Stockholder in connection
               with its direct or indirect acquisition of
               beneficial ownership of shares of such class or
               series of Capital Stock.  If the consideration so
               paid for shares of any class or series of Capital
               Stock varied as to form, the form of consideration
               for such class or series of Capital Stock shall be
               either cash or the form used to acquire beneficial
               ownership of the largest number of shares of such
               class or series of Capital Stock previously issued
               by the Interested Stockholder.

                    (iv)  After the Determination Date or prior to
               the consummation of such Business Combination, (A)
               except as approved by a majority of the Continuing
               Directors, there shall have been no failure to
               declare and pay at the regular date therefor any
               full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative)
               payable in accordance with the terms of any
               outstanding Capital Stock; (B) there shall have been
               no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on
               the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any
               stock split, stock dividend or subdivision of the
               Common Stock) except as approved by a majority of
               the Continuing Directors; (C) there shall have been
               an increase in the annual rate of dividends paid on
               the Common Stock as necessary to reflect any
               reclassification (including any reverse stock
               split), recapitalization, reorganization or any
               similar transaction that has the effect of reducing
               the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock,
               unless the failure so to increase such annual rate
               is approved by a majority of the Continuing
               Directors; and (D) such Interested Stockholder shall
               not have become the beneficial owner of any
               additional shares of Capital Stock except as part of
               the transaction that results in such Interested
               Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder and
               except in a transaction that, after giving the
               effect thereto, would not result in any increase in
               the Interested Stockholder's percentage beneficial
               ownership of any class or series of Capital Stock.

                    (v)  After the Determination Date, such
               Interested Stockholder shall not have received the
               benefit, directly or indirectly (except
               proportionately as a stockholder of the
               Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees,
               pledges or other financial assistance or any tax
               credits or other tax advantages provided by the
               Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in
               connection with such Business Combination or
               otherwise.

                    (vi)  A proxy or information statement
               describing the proposed Business Combination and
               complying with the requirements of the Securities
               Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
               regulations thereunder (the "Exchange Act") (or any
               subsequent provisions replacing such Exchange Act,
               rules or regulations) shall be mailed to all
               stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days
               prior to the consummation of such Business
               Combination (whether or not such proxy or
               information statement is required to be mailed
               pursuant to the Exchange Act or subsequent
               provisions).  The proxy or information statement
               shall contain on the first page thereof, in a
               prominent place, any statement as to the
               advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business
               Combination that the Continuing Directors, or any of
               them, may choose to make and, if deemed advisable by
               a majority of the Continuing Directors, the opinion
               of an investment banking firm selected by a majority
               of the Continuing Directors as to the fairness (or
               unfairness) of the terms of the Business Combination
               from a financial point of view to the holders of the
               outstanding shares of Capital Stock other than the
               Interested Stockholder and its Affiliates or
               Associates, such investment banking firm to be paid
               a reasonable fee for its services by the
               Corporation.

                    (vii)  Such Interested Stockholder shall not
               have made any major change in the Corporation's
               business or equity capital structure without the
               approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors.

               SECTION 3.  The following definitions shall apply
          with respect to this Article VIII:

               (a)  The term "Business Combination" shall mean:

                    (i)  any merger or consolidation of the
               Corporation or any Subsidiary (as defined below)
               with (x) any Interested Stockholder or (y) any other
               corporation (whether or not itself an Interested
               Stockholder) which is or after such merger or
               consolidation would be an Affiliate or Associate of
               an Interested Stockholder; or 

                    (ii)  any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage,
               pledge, transfer or other disposition or security
               arrangement, investment, loan, advance, guarantee,
               agreement to purchase, agreement to pay, extension
               of credit, joint venture participation or other
               arrangement (in one transaction or a series of
               transactions) with or for the benefit of any
               Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate
               of any Interested Stockholder involving any assets,
               securities or commitments of the Corporation, any
               Subsidiary or any Interested Stockholder or any
               Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder
               which, together with all other such arrangements
               (including all contemplated future events), has an
               aggregate Fair Market Value and/or involves
               aggregate commitments of $10,000,000 or more or
               constitutes more than five percent (5%) of the book
               value of the total assets (in the case of
               transactions involving assets or commitments other
               than Capital Stock) or five percent (5%) of the
               stockholders' equity (in the case of transactions in
               Capital Stock) of the entity in question (the
               "Substantial Part"), as reflected in the most recent
               fiscal year-end consolidated balance sheet of such
               entity existing at the time the stockholders of the
               Corporation would be required to approve or
               authorize the Business Combination involving the
               assets, securities and/or commitments constituting
               any Substantial Part; or

                    (iii)  the adoption of any plan or proposal for
               the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or
               for any amendment to the Corporation's By-laws or to
               this Certificate of Incorporation proposed by or on
               behalf of an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate
               or Associate of any Interested Stockholder; or

                    (iv)  any reclassification of securities
               (including any reverse stock split), or
               recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger
               or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its
               Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or
               not with or otherwise involving an Interested
               Stockholder) that has the effect, directly or
               indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of
               any class or series of Capital Stock, or any
               securities convertible into Capital Stock or into
               equity securities of any Subsidiary, that is
               beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder or
               any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested
               Stockholder; or

                    (v)  any agreement, contract or other
               arrangement providing for any one or more of the
               actions specified in the foregoing clauses (i) to
               (iv).

               (b)  The term "Capital Stock" shall mean all capital
          stock of the Corporation authorized to be issued from
          time to time under Article IV of this Certificate of
          Incorporation.  The term "Voting Stock" shall mean all
          Capital Stock which by its terms may be voted on all
          matters submitted to stockholders of the Corporation
          generally.  The term "Common Stock" shall mean
          collectively the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common
          Stock and any other classes of common stock of the
          Corporation as may be issued from time to time under
          Article IV of this Certificate of Incorporation.

               (c)  The term "person" shall mean any individual,
          firm, corporation or other entity and shall include any
          group comprised of any person and any other person with
          whom such person or any Affiliate or Associate of such
          person has any agreement, arrangement or understanding,
          directly or indirectly, for the purpose of acquiring,
          holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock.

               (d)  The term "Interested Stockholder" shall mean
          any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary
          and other than any profit-sharing, employee stock
          ownership or other employee benefit plan of the
          Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or
          fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in
          such capacity or the Co-Presidents of the Corporation on
          the date of the filing of this Certificate of
          Incorporation) who (i) is or has announced or publicly
          disclosed a plan or intention to become the beneficial
          owner of Voting Stock representing ten percent (10%) or
          more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of
          all then outstanding shares of Voting Stock; or (ii) is
          an Affiliate or Associate (other than the Co-Presidents
          of the Corporation on the date of the filing of this
          Certificate of Incorporation) of the Corporation and at
          any time within the two year period immediately prior to
          the date in question was the beneficial owner of Voting
          Stock representing ten percent (10%) or more of the votes
          entitled to be cast by the holders of all then
          outstanding shares of Voting Stock.

               (e)  A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any
          Capital Stock (i) which such person or any of its
          Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or
          indirectly; (ii) which such person or any of its
          Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly,
          (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is
          exercisable immediately or subject only to the passage of
          time), pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or
          understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights,
          exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or
          (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement,
          arrangement or understanding; or (iii) which is
          beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other
          person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or
          Associates has any agreement, arrangement or
          understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
          voting or disposing of any shares of Capital Stock.  For
          the purpose of determining whether a person is an
          Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph (d) of this
          Section 3, the number of shares of Capital Stock deemed
          to be outstanding shall include shares deemed
          beneficially owned by such person through application of
          this paragraph (e) of Section 3 but shall not include any
          other shares of Capital Stock that may be issuable
          pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding,
          or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or
          options, or otherwise.

               (f)  The terms "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall
          have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in
          Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the
          date of filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with
          the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the term
          "registrant" in said Rule 12b-2 meaning in this case the
          Corporation).

               (g)  The term "Subsidiary" means any company of
          which a majority of any class of equity security is
          beneficially owned by the Corporation; provided, however,
          that for the purposes of the definition of Interested
          Stockholder set forth in paragraph (d) of this Section 3,
          the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a company of which
          a majority of each class of equity security is
          beneficially owned by the Corporation.

               (h)  The term "Continuing Director" means any member
          of the Board of Directors, while such person is a member
          of the Board of Directors, who is not an Affiliate or
          Associate or representative of the Interested Stockholder
          and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the
          time that an Interested Stockholder became an Interested
          Stockholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director
          while such successor is a member of the Board of
          Directors, who is not an Affiliate or Associate or
          representative of the Interested Stockholder and is
          recommended or elected to succeed the Continuing Director
          by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

               (i)  "Fair Market Value" means (i) in the case of
          cash, the amount of such cash; (ii) in the case of stock,
          the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period
          immediately preceding the date in question of a share of
          such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock
          Exchange-Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted
          on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange,
          or, if such stock is not listed on such exchange, on the
          principal United States securities exchange registered
          under the Exchange Act on which such stock is listed, or,
          if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the
          highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of
          such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in
          question on the National Association of Securities
          Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any similar
          system then in use, or if no such quotations are
          available, the fair market value on the date in question
          of a share of such stock as determined by a majority of
          the Continuing Directors in good faith; and (iii) in the
          case of property other than cash or stock, the Fair
          Market Value of such property on the date in question as
          determined in good faith by a majority of the Continuing
          Directors.

               (j)  In the event of any Business Combination in
          which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration
          other than cash to be received" as used in paragraphs
          (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of Section 2 of this Article VIII
          shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the
          shares of any other class or series of Capital Stock
          retained by the holders of such shares.

               SECTION 4.  A majority of the Continuing Directors
          shall have the power and duty to determine for the
          purpose of this Article VIII, on the basis of information
          known to them after reasonable inquiry, all questions
          arising under this Article VIII, including, without
          limitation, (i) whether a person is an Interested
          Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of Capital Stock
          or other securities beneficially owned by any person,
          (iii) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of
          another, (iv) whether a Proposed Action (as defined
          below) is with, or proposed by, or on behalf of an
          Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an
          Interested Stockholder, (v) whether the assets that are
          the subject of any Business Combination have or the
          consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer
          of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any
          Business Combination has, an aggregated Fair Market Value
          of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) or more and (vi)
          whether the assets or securities that are the subject of
          any Business Combination constitute a Substantial Part. 
          Any such determination made in good faith shall be
          binding and conclusive on all parties.

               SECTION 5.  Nothing contained in this Article VIII
          shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder
          from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

               SECTION 6.  The fact that any Business Combination
          complies with the provisions of Section 2 of this Article
          VIII shall not be construed to impose any fiduciary duty,
          obligation or responsibility on the Board of Directors,
          or any member thereof, to approve such Business
          Combination or recommend its adoption or approval to the
          stockholders of the Corporation, nor shall such
          compliance limit, prohibit or otherwise restrict in any
          manner the Board of Directors, or any member thereof,
          with respect to evaluations of, or actions and responses
          taken with respect to, such Business Combination.

               SECTION 7.  For purposes of this Article VIII, a
          Business Combination or any proposal to amend, repeal or
          adopt any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation
          inconsistent with this Article VIII (collectively,
          "Proposed Action") is presumed to have been proposed by,
          or on behalf of, an Interested Stockholder or an
          Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder or a
          person who thereafter would become such if (i) after the
          Interested Stockholder became such, the Proposed Action
          is proposed following the election of any director of the
          Corporation who, with respect to such Interested
          Stockholder, would not qualify to serve as a Continuing
          Director or (ii) such Interested Stockholder, Affiliate,
          Associate or person votes for or consents to the adoption
          of any such Proposed Action, unless as to such Interested
          Stockholder, Affiliate, Associate or person, a majority
          of the Continuing Directors makes a good-faith
          determination that such Proposed Action is not proposed
          by or on behalf of such Interested Stockholder,
          Affiliate, Associate or person, based on information
          known to them after reasonable inquiry.

               SECTION 8.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of
          this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the
          Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser
          percentage or separate class vote may be specified by
          law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-law of
          the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of
          not less than eighty percent (80%) of the votes entitled
          to be cast by the holders of all the then outstanding
          shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single
          class, excluding Voting Stock beneficially owned by such
          Interested Stockholder, shall be required to amend or
          repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this
          Article VIII; provided, however, that this Section 8
          shall not apply to, and such eighty percent (80%) vote
          shall not be required for, any amendment, repeal or
          adoption unanimously recommended by the Board of
          Directors if all of such directors are persons who would
          be eligible to serve as Continuing Directors within the
          meaning of Section 3, paragraph (h), of this Article
          VIII.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              BOOKS AND RECORDS

               The books and records of the Corporation may be kept
          (subject to any provision contained in the statutes)
          outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as
          may be designated from time to time by the Board of
          Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE X

                 RIGHT TO AMEND CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

               The Corporation reserves the right to Change (as
          defined in Article V) any provision contained in this
          Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or
          hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred
          upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this
          reservation; provided, however, that subject to the
          powers and rights provided for herein with respect to
          Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, if any, but
          notwithstanding anything else contained in this
          Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the
          affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty
          percent (80%) of the then outstanding shares of the
          Voting Stock (as defined in Article VIII), voting
          together as a single class, shall be required to Change
          Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, or this
          Article X.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Health Systems
          International, Inc. has caused this Fourth Amended and
          Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Jay
          M. Gellert, its President and Chief Operating Officer,
          and attested to by B. Curtis Westen, its Senior Vice
          President, General Counsel and Secretary, this   th day
          of February, 1997.

                                   HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                   a Delaware corporation

                                   By: ___________________________
                                        Jay M. Gellert
                                        President and Chief
          Operating Officer

          ATTEST:

          By _________________________________
               B. Curtis Westen, Esq.
               Senior Vice President, General Counsel
               and Secretary









                                                        Exhibit 4.2

                             FOURTH AMENDED AND 

                               RESTATED BYLAWS

                                      OF

                      HEALTH SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL, INC.




                                  ARTICLE I

                                   OFFICES

                    Section 1.1  Registered Office.  The registered
          office of Health Systems International, Inc. (the
          "Corporation") in the State of Delaware shall be at
          Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City
          of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of the
          Corporation's registered agent at such address is The
          Corporation Trust Company.

                    Section 1.2  Executive Offices.  The
          Corporation will maintain its executive offices in such
          location as may be determined by the Corporation's board
          of directors (the "Board of Directors").

                    Section 1.3  Other Offices.  The Corporation
          may also have an office or offices and keep the books and
          records of the Corporation, except as may otherwise be
          required by law, at such other place or places, either
          within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Board
          of Directors may from time to time determine or as the
          business of the Corporation requires.


                                  ARTICLE II

                           MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

                    Section 2.1  Place of Meeting.  Meetings of
          stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside
          the State of Delaware designated by the Board of
          Directors.  In the absence of any such designation by the
          Board of Directors, stockholders' meetings shall be held
          at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

                    Section 2.2  Annual Meetings.  The annual
          meeting of the Stockholders for the election of directors
          and for the transaction of such other business as may
          properly come before such meeting shall be held on the
          second Friday of May each year at 10:00 A.M., if not a
          legal holiday under the laws of the place where such
          meeting is to be held, and if a legal holiday, then on
          the next succeeding day not a legal holiday under the
          laws of that place, or on such other date and at such
          hour as may be fixed from time to time by a majority of
          the Board of Directors.

                    Section 2.3  Special Meetings.  Subject to the
          rights of the holders of any class or series of stock
          having a preference over the Corporation's common stock
          (the "Common Stock") as to dividends or upon liquidation,
          special meetings of the Stockholders for any purpose or
          purposes may be called only by  a majority of the entire
          Board of Directors.  Only the business specified in the
          notice of any special meeting of the Stockholders shall
          come before such meeting.

                    Section 2.4  Notice of Meetings.  Written
          notice of each meeting of the Stockholders, whether
          annual or special, shall be given, either by personal
          delivery or by mail, not less than 10 days nor more than
          60 days before the date of such meeting to each
          Stockholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting. 
          If mailed, the notice shall be deemed to be given when
          deposited in the United States of America mail, postage
          prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at the Stockholder's
          address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. 
          Each notice shall state the place, date and hour of the
          meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
          is called.

                    Notice of any meeting of Stockholders shall be
          deemed waived by any Stockholder who shall attend the
          meeting in person or by proxy without protesting, prior
          to or at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of
          proper notice or who shall waive notice thereof as
          provided in Article X of these By-laws.  Notice of
          adjournment of a meeting of Stockholders need not be
          given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are
          announced at the meeting, unless the adjournment is for
          more than 30 days or, after adjournment, a new record
          date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.

                    Section 2.5  Quorum.  The holders of a majority
          of the votes entitled to be cast by the Stockholders
          entitled to vote, which if any vote is to be taken by
          classes shall mean the holders of a majority of the votes
          entitled to be cast by the Stockholders of each class,
          present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
          for the transaction of business at any meeting of the
          Stockholders.

                    Section 2.6  Adjournments.  In the absence of a
          quorum, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled
          to be cast by the Stockholders, present in person or by
          proxy, may adjourn the meeting from time to time. 
          Whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting, the
          chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time
          to time.  At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum may
          be present, any business may be transacted which might
          have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

                    Section 2.7  Order of Business.  At each
          meeting of the Stockholders, the Chairman of the Board,
          or, in his absence, such person designated by the Board
          of Directors, shall act as chairman.

                    Section 2.8  List of Stockholders.  It shall be
          the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the
          Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger to prepare
          and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of the
          Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders
          entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order,
          and showing the address of each Stockholder and the
          number of shares registered in the Stockholder's name. 
          The list shall be produced and kept available at the
          times and places required by law.

                    Section 2.9  Voting.  Each Stockholder of
          record of any class or series of stock having a
          preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon
          liquidation shall be entitled at each meeting of the
          Stockholders to that number of votes for each share of
          the stock as may be fixed in the Corporation's
          Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of
          Incorporation") or in the resolution or resolutions
          adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the
          issuance of the stock.  Unless specifically provided
          otherwise in the Certificate of Incorporation or in
          resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing
          for the issuance of a class or series of Common Stock,
          each Stockholder of record of Common Stock shall be
          entitled at each meeting of the Stockholders to one vote
          for each share of the stock registered in that
          Stockholder's name on the books of the Corporation:

                         (a)  on the date fixed pursuant to Section
          7.6 of Article VII of these Bylaws as the record date for
          the determination of Stockholders entitled to notice of
          and to vote at the meeting; or

                         (b)  if no record date shall have been
          fixed, then at the close of business on the day next
          preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is
          given, or if notice is waived, then at the close of
          business on the day next preceding the day on which the
          meeting is held.

                    Each Stockholder entitled to vote at any
          meeting of the Stockholders may authorize not in excess
          of three persons to act for the Stockholder by a proxy
          signed by the Stockholder or the Stockholder's attorney-
          in-fact.  Any proxy shall be delivered to the Secretary
          of the Corporation at or prior to the time designated for
          holding the meeting, but in any event not later than the
          time designated in the order of business for so
          delivering proxies.  No proxy shall be voted or acted
          upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy
          provides for a longer period.

                    Except as provided in the Certificate of
          Incorporation, at each meeting of the Stockholders, all
          corporate actions to be taken by vote of the Stockholders
          shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by
          the Stockholders entitled to vote thereon, present in
          person or represented by proxy, and where a separate vote
          by class is required, a majority of the votes cast by the
          Stockholders of that class, present in person or
          represented by proxy, shall be the act of the class.

                    Unless required by law or determined by the
          chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any
          matter, including the election of directors, need not be
          by written ballot,  In the case of a vote by written
          ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the Stockholder
          voting, or by the Stockholder's proxy, and shall state
          the number of shares voted.

                    Section 2.10  Inspectors.  Either the Board of
          Directors or, in the absence of designation of inspectors
          by the  Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting
          of the Stockholders may, in its or such person's
          discretion, appoint one or more inspectors to act at any
          meeting of the Stockholders.  The inspectors shall
          perform such duties as shall be specified by the Board of
          Directors or the chairman of the meeting.  Inspectors
          need not be Stockholders.  No director or nominee for the
          office of director shall be appointed as an inspector.

                    Section 2.11  Consent in Lieu of Meeting. 
          Notwithstanding anything contained in these Bylaws to the
          contrary, no action required or permitted to be taken at
          any meeting of Stockholders of this Corporation may be
          taken by written consent without a meeting of
          Stockholders.


                                 ARTICLE III

                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                    Section 3.1  General Powers.  The business and
          affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under
          the direction of the Board of Directors, which may
          exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful
          acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate
          of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or
          done by the Stockholders.

                    Section 3.2  Number, Qualification and
          Election.  Subject to Article XIII, the Board of
          Directors shall consist of not less than three (3) nor
          more than twenty (20) directors, the exact number of
          which shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
          Directors.  

                    Each of the directors of the Corporation shall
          hold office for the term for which he is elected and
          until (i) his successor has been elected and   qualified
          or (ii) his earlier death, resignation or removal.  The
          directors of the Corporation shall be classified, with
          respect to the time for which they hold office, into
          three classes as nearly equal in number as possible: 
          Class I whose term expires at the annual meeting of
          Stockholders held in 1997, Class II whose term expires at
          the annual meeting of Stockholders held in 1998 and Class
          III whose term expires at the annual meeting of
          Stockholders held in 1999, with each class to hold office
          until its successors are elected and qualified.  If the
          number of directors is  changed by the Board of
          Directors, then any newly created directorships or any
          decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among
          the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal as
          possible; provided that no decrease in the number of
          directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
          director.  At each annual meeting of the Stockholders,
          subject to the rights of the holders of any class or
          series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock
          as to dividends or upon liquidation, the successors of
          the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting
          shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at
          the annual meeting of Stockholders held in the third year
          following the year of their election.

                    Directors need not be Stockholders.  In any
          election of directors, the persons receiving a plurality
          of the votes cast, up to the number of directors to be
          elected in such election, shall be deemed to be elected.

                    Section 3.3  Notification of Nominations. 
          Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or
          series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock
          as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations for the
          election of directors shall be made by the Nominating
          Committee as provided in Article IV, Section 4.4, or by
          any Stockholder entitled to vote for the election of
          directors.

                    A Stockholder's nomination shall be made by
          giving timely notice in proper written form thereof to
          the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a
          Stockholder's notice shall be delivered to or mailed and
          received at the executive offices of the Corporation not
          less than 60 calendar days nor more than 90 calendar days
          prior to the meeting; provided that, in the event that
          less than 40 calendar days' notice or prior public
          disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to
          the Stockholders, notice by the Stockholder to be timely
          must be so received not later than the close of business
          on the tenth calendar day following the day on which the
          notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public
          disclosure was made.

                    To be in proper written form, a Stockholder's
          notice shall set forth in writing: (i) as to each person
          whom the Stockholder proposes to nominate for election as
          a director, all information relating to that person that
          is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies
          for the election of directors or is otherwise required,
          in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under
          the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
          including, but not limited to, the person's written
          consent to being named in the proxy statement as a
          nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (ii)
          as to the Stockholder giving the notice, (w) the name and
          record address, as they appear on the Corporation's
          books, of the Stockholder, (x) the class and number of
          shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned
          beneficially or of record by the Stockholder, (y) a
          description of all arrangements or understandings between
          the Stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other
          person or persons (including their names) pursuant to
          which the nominations are to be made by the Stockholder
          and (z) a representation that the Stockholder intends to
          appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate
          the persons named in the notice.  At the request of the
          Board of Directors, any person nominated by the
          Nominating Committee for election as a director shall
          furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation the
          information required to be set forth in a Stockholder's
          notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

                    In the event that a Stockholder seeks to
          nominate one or more directors, the Secretary shall
          appoint an inspector, who shall not be affiliated with
          the Corporation, to determine whether the Stockholder has
          complied with this Section 3.3.  If the inspector shall
          determine that the Stockholder has not complied with this
          Section 3.3, then the inspector shall direct the chairman
          of the meeting to declare to the meeting that a
          nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures
          prescribed by these Bylaws, and the chairman shall so
          declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall
          be disregarded.

                    Section 3.4  Quorum and Manner of Acting. 
          Except as may otherwise be provided by these Bylaws or
          the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the
          entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for
          the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board
          of Directors, and the vote of a majority of the directors
          present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall
          be the act of the Board of Directors.  In the absence of
          a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn
          the meeting to another time and place.  At any adjourned
          meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be
          transacted which might have been transacted at the
          meeting as originally called.

                    Section 3.5  Place of Meeting.  The Board of
          Directors may hold its meetings, both regular and
          special, at such place or places within or without the
          State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time
          to time determine, or as shall be specified or fixed in
          the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

                    Section 3.6  Regular Meetings.  Regular
          meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such
          times as the Board of Directors shall from time to time
          by resolution determine.  If any day fixed for a regular
          meeting shall be a legal holiday under the laws of the
          place where the meeting is to be held, then the meeting
          which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held
          at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

                    Section 3.7  Special Meetings.  Special
          meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever
          called by the Chairman of the Board or by a majority of
          the Board of Directors.

                    Section 3.8  Notice of Meetings.  Notice of
          regular meetings of the Board of Directors or of any
          adjourned meeting thereof need not be given.  Notice of
          each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
          mailed to each director, addressed to the director at the
          director's residence or usual place of business, at least
          one calendar day before the day on which the meeting is
          to be held or shall be sent to the director at such place
          by telegraph or be given personally or by telephone or
          telecopy not later than one calendar day before the
          meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to
          any director who shall, either before or after the
          meeting, submit a signed waiver of notice or who shall
          attend the meeting without protesting, prior to or at its
          commencement, the lack of notice.  Every notice shall
          state the time and place but need not state the purpose
          of the meeting.

                    Section 3.9  Order of Business.  The Chairman
          of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Board of
          Directors and shall call such meetings to order and may
          adjourn such meetings from time to time.  In the absence
          of the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief
          Executive Officer shall preside at meetings of the Board
          of Directors.

                    Section 3.10  Participation in Meeting by Means
          of Communications Equipment.  Any one or more members of
          the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may
          participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors or
          of any such committee by means of conference telephone or
          similar communications equipment by means of which all
          persons participating in the meeting can hear each other,
          and such participation in a meeting shall constitute
          presence in person at the meeting.

                    Section 3.11  Action Without Meeting.  Any
          action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting
          of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be
          taken without a meeting if all of the members of the
          Board of Directors or of the committee consent thereto in
          writing and the writing or writings are filed with the
          minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or of
          the committee.

                    Section 3.12  Resignations.  Any director of
          the Corporation may at any time resign by giving written
          notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
          Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. 
          Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified
          therein, or, if the time is not specified, upon receipt
          thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
          acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to
          make it effective.

                    Section 3.13  Removal of Directors.  Any
          director may be removed at any time only for cause by an
          affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-
          thirds percent (66 %) of the then outstanding shares of
          voting stock.  A vacancy in the Board of Directors caused
          by any removal may be filled by the Stockholders at that
          meeting or as provided in Section 3.14 of these Bylaws.

                    Section 3.14  Vacancies.  Subject to Article
          XIII, in the case of any vacancy on the Board of
          Directors or in the case of any newly created
          directorship, a director elected to fill the vacancy or
          the newly created directorship for the unexpired portion
          of the term being filled shall be filled by the
          Nominating Committee.  The director elected to fill a
          vacancy shall hold office for the unexpired term in
          respect of which the vacancy occurred and until his
          successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his
          earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner
          provided by these Bylaws.

                    Section 3.15  Compensation.  Each director who
          shall not at the time also be a salaried officer or
          employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries
          (hereinafter referred to as an "outside director"), in
          consideration of such person serving as a director, shall
          be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount
          per annum and such fees for attendance at meetings of the
          Board of Directors or of committees of the Board of
          Directors, or both, as the Board of Directors shall from
          time to time determine.  In addition, each director,
          whether or not an outside director, shall be entitled to
          receive from the Corporation reimbursement for the
          reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection
          with the performance of such person's duties as a
          director.  Nothing contained in this Section 3.15 shall
          preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any
          of its subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving
          proper consideration therefor.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                                  COMMITTEES

                    Section 4.1  Committees.  The standing
          committees of the Board of Directors of the Corporation
          shall be a Compensation and Stock Option Committee, an
          Audit Committee, an Investment Policy Committee and a
          Nominating Committee.  Subject to Article XIII, members
          of each committee of the Board of Directors, including
          committees established under Section 4.6 hereof, shall be
          designated by a majority of the Board of Directors. 
          Subject to the terms of Article XIII, the Chairman of the
          Board shall appoint the chairman of each committee.

                    Section 4.2  Compensation and Stock Option
          Committee.  The Compensation and Stock Option Committee
          shall have the exclusive power:

                         (a)  To recommend to the Board of
          Directors the compensation, including direct regular
          compensation, stock options or other appropriate
          incentive plans, and perquisites, if any, of the two most
          highly compensated Corporate Officers of the Corporation,
          which recommendation shall be subject to ratification,
          modification or rejection by the Board of Directors;

                         (b)  To approve the compensation,
          including direct regular compensation, stock options or
          other appropriate incentive plans, and perquisites, if
          any, of the other Corporate Officers not covered in
          Subsection (a) above and all other officers from Senior
          Vice-Presidents and above of the Corporation and its
          operating Subsidiaries;

                         (c)  To review and approve, on a general
          and policy level basis only, the compensation and
          benefits of officers, managers and employees other than
          those identified in (a) and (b) above, and such
          compensation and benefit matters shall be deemed within
          the Committee's general oversight;

                         (d)  To recommend to the Board of
          Directors corporate-wide policies with respect to direct
          regular compensation, stock options or other appropriate
          incentive plans, and perquisites, if any;

                         (e)  To administer the Corporation's stock
          option or other stock-based and equity-based plans (the
          "Plans");

                         (f)  To fulfill the purposes of the Plans,
          including, without limitation, through the conditional
          grant of options and other benefits under the Plans;

                         (g)  To recommend to the Board of
          Directors any revisions or additions to the Plans;

                         (h)  To recommend to the Board of
          Directors appropriate actions with respect to
          modification, revision or termination of trusteed
          employee benefit or welfare plans (such as 401(k) or
          pension plans), with action with respect to such trusteed
          plans being reserved to the Board of Directors; and

                         (i)  To review and report to the Board of
          Directors, when so requested, on any compensation matter.

                    Section 4.3  Audit Committee.  The Audit
          Committee shall have the following responsibilities:

                         (a)  To review the scope, cost, and
          results of the independent audit of the Corporation's
          books and records, including the annual financial
          statements, through conferences and direct communication
          with the independent auditors;

                         (b)  To review the results of the
          independent audit of the annual financial statements with
          management and the internal auditors;

                         (c)  To review the adequacy of the
          Corporation's accounting, financial, and operating
          controls, and the recommendations of the independent
          auditors related thereto, through conferences and direct
          communication with the internal auditors and other
          responsible corporate executives;

                         (d)  To recommend annually to the Board of
          Directors the selection of the independent auditors;

                         (e)  To approve the appointment or removal
          of the independent audit manager;

                         (f)  To consider proposals made by the
          Corporation's independent auditors for consulting work
          other than normal auditing and to judge whether or not
          such work could result in a loss of "independence"; and

                         (g)  To review and report to the Board of
          Directors, when so requested, on any accounting or
          financial matters.

                    Section 4.4  Nominating Committee.  Subject to
          the terms of Article XIII, the Nominating Committee shall
          have the following responsibilities:

                         (a)  To review qualifications of
          candidates for Board of Directors membership from
          whatever source received;

                         (b)  (i) To nominate candidates for
          election to the Board of Directors at each annual meeting
          of Stockholders of the Corporation and (ii) to fill
          vacancies on the Board of Directors which occur between
          annual meetings of Stockholders;

                         (c)  To recommend to the Board of
          Directors criteria relating to tenure as a director, such
          as retirement age, limitations on the number of times a
          director may stand for reelection,  the continuation of
          directors in an honorary or similar capacity and the
          definition of independence as it relates to the
          directors; and

                         (d)  To recommend to the Board of
          Directors the actual assignments of individual directors
          (by name) to Board of Directors committees.

                    Section 4.5  Investment Policy Committee.  The
          Investment Policy Committee shall have the following
          responsibilities:

                         (a)  To review the Corporation's
          investment policies and guidelines;

                         (b)  To monitor performance of the
          Corporation's investment portfolio;

                         (c)  To review the Corporation's financial
          structure and operations in light of the Corporation's
          long-term objectives and to coordinate such review with
          the Audit Committee; and

                         (d)  To review and recommend to the Board
          of Directors appropriate action on proposed acquisitions
          and divestitures.

                    Section 4.6  Other Committees.  The Board of
          Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the
          entire Board of Directors, designate from among its
          members one or more other committees, each of which shall
          have such authority of the Board of Directors as may be
          specified in the resolution of the Board of Directors
          designating such committee.

                    Section 4.7  Procedures.  Any committee of the
          Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations
          not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the
          Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws for the
          conduct of its meetings as the committee may deem to be
          proper.  A majority of the members of a committee of the
          Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the
          transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a
          majority of the members thereof present at a meeting at
          which a quorum is present shall be the act of the
          committee.  No meeting of any committee of the Board of
          Directors may be held unless notice has been given and/or
          waived by the members of the committee.  Meetings may be
          held at such times and places as shall be fixed by
          resolution adopted by a majority of the members thereof. 
          Special meetings of any committee of the Board of
          Directors shall be called at the request of any member
          thereof.  Notice of each committee meeting of the Board
          of Directors shall be sent by mail telegraph or telephone
          or delivered personally to each member thereof not later
          than one calendar day before the day on which the
          meetings is to be held, but notice need not be given to
          any member who shall, either before or  after the
          meeting, submit a signed waiver of notice or who shall
          attend the meeting without protesting prior to or at its
          commencement the lack of notice.  Any special meeting of
          any committee of the Board of Directors shall be a legal
          meeting without any notice thereof having been given if
          all of the members thereof shall be present thereat and
          shall not protest the holding of the meeting.  Any
          committee of the Board of Directors shall keep written
          minutes of its proceedings and shall report on its
          proceedings to the Board of Directors.


                                  ARTICLE V

                                   OFFICERS

                    Section 5.1  Election.  Subject to Article
          XIII, the officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman
          of the Board (who must be a director), a President and
          Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a
          Secretary and a Treasurer and any other officer
          designated as a Corporate Officer from time to time by a
          resolution of the Board of Directors, each of whom shall
          be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold
          office for such term and shall exercise such powers and
          perform such duties as set forth in these Bylaws and as
          shall be determined from time to time by the Board of
          Directors (collectively, the Chairman of the Board,
          President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating
          Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, the "Corporate
          Officers").  The Board of Directors or the President and
          Chief Executive Officer, in its or his discretion, may
          also choose one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior
          Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries,
          Assistant Treasurers and other officers, each of whom
          shall hold office for such term and shall exercise such
          powers and perform such duties as set forth in these
          Bylaws and as shall be determined from time to time by
          the Board of Directors, if such officer was appointed by
          the Board of Directors, or the President and Chief
          Executive Officer, if such officer was appointed by the
          President and Chief Executive Officer.  Any number of
          offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise
          prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
          these Bylaws.  The officers of the Corporation need not
          be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the
          case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such
          officers be directors of the Corporation.  Subject to
          Article XIII, any vacancy occurring in any office of the
          Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors or
          by President and Chief Executive Officer in accordance
          with this Section 5.1.

                    Section 5.2  Removal.  All officers of the
          Corporation shall hold office until their successors are
          chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation
          or removal.  Subject to Article XIII, any officer
          (including any Corporate Officer) may be removed at any
          time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board
          of Directors.   Subject to Article XIII, any officer
          other than a Corporate Officer may be removed at any time
          by the Chairman of the Board or the President and Chief
          Executive Officer or by the affirmative vote of a
          majority of the Board of Directors.

                    Section 5.3  Resignation.  Any officer may
          resign at any time by giving notice to the Board of
          Directors, the President and Chief Executive Officer or
          the Secretary of the Corporation.  Any resignation shall
          take effect at the date of receipt of the notice of
          resignation or at any later date specified therein, but
          the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary
          to make it effective.

                    Section 5.4  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any
          office because of death, resignation, removal or any
          other cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of
          the term in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for
          election to the office.

                    Section 5.5  Chairman of the Board.  The duties
          of the Chairman of the Board shall be to preside at
          meetings of the Board of Directors and, if present, to
          preside at the meetings of the Stockholders.  Subject to
          Article XIII, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as
          chairman of the meetings of the Board of Directors or of
          any committee on which he serves, and shall preside as
          chairman of the Stockholder meetings.  The Chairman shall
          work in cooperation with the President and Chief
          Executive Officer to prepare agendas and presentations
          for all meetings of the Board of Directors and of
          Stockholders.  Except where by law the signature of the
          President is required the Chairman of the Board shall
          possess the same power as the President to sign all
          contracts, certificates and other instruments of the
          Corporation that may be authorized by the Board of
          Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall perform such
          other duties and may exercise such other powers as from
          time to time may be assigned to him by the Bylaws or by
          the Board of Directors, subject to the terms of
          applicable employment agreements. 

                    Section 5.6  President and Chief Executive
          Officer.  The President and Chief Executive Officer of
          the Corporation shall, subject to the control of the
          Board of Directors, have general supervision of the
          business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders
          and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried
          into effect.  In the absence of the Chairman of the
          Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer shall
          preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and the Board
          of Directors and otherwise exercise and discharge all the
          duties of the Chairman.  The President and Chief
          Executive Officer shall perform such other duties as the
          Board of Directors may from time to time determine,
          subject to the terms of applicable employment agreements.

                    Section 5.7  Chief Operating Officer.  The
          Chief Operating Officer shall, subject to the control of
          the President and Chief Executive Officer, have general
          supervision of the executives in charge of the business
          of the Corporation in each region or territory in which
          the Corporation operates and shall see that all orders of
          the President and Chief Executive Officer are carried
          into effect.  The Chief Operating Officer shall perform
          such other duties as the Chairman of the Board may from
          time to time determine, subject to the terms of
          applicable employment agreements.  During the absence or
          disability of the President, the Chief Operating Officer
          shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the
          duties of the President and Chief Executive Officer.  

                    Section 5.8  Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall
          perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer
          and such other duties as from time to time may be
          assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board or the Board
          of Directors.

                    Section 5.9  Executive Vice Presidents, Senior
          Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents.  Each Executive Vice
          President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall
          have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by the
          President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board of
          Directors.

                    Section 5.10  Secretary.  The Secretary shall
          see that all notices required to be given by the
          Corporation are duly given and served.  The Secretary
          shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation and
          shall affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all
          certificates of stock of the Corporation (unless the seal
          of the Corporation on the certificates shall be a
          facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and to all documents,
          the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under
          its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the
          provisions of these Bylaws.  The Secretary shall have
          charge of the stock ledger and also of the other books,
          records and papers of the Corporation and shall see that
          the reports, statements and other documents required by
          law are properly kept and filed, and the Secretary shall
          in general perform all of the duties incident to the
          office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to
          time may be assigned by the Chairman of the Board or the
          Board of Directors.

                    Section 5.11  Assistant Treasurers and
          Assistant Secretaries.  The Assistant Treasurers and
          Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall perform such duties
          as shall be assigned to them by the Chairman of the Board
          or the Board of Directors, and in the absence of the
          Secretary or Treasurer, as the case may be, or in the
          event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform
          the duties of the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively,
          and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
          subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary or
          Treasurer, respectively.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                               INDEMNIFICATION

                    Section 6.1  Directors and Officers.  The
          Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
          party or is threatened to be made a party to any
          threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
          proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
          investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a
          director or an officer of the Corporation, against
          expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys'
          fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
          actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
          with such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest
          extent and in the manner set forth in and permitted by
          the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and
          any other applicable law as from time to time may be in
          effect.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, the
          Corporation shall advance expenses (including attorneys'
          fees) incurred by any person indemnified hereunder in
          defending any civil, criminal, administrative or
          investigative action, suit or proceeding upon any
          undertaking by or on  behalf of such person to repay such
          amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or
          she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation. 
          Such right of indemnification and advancement of expenses
          shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights
          to which such director or officer may be entitled apart
          from the foregoing provisions.  The foregoing provisions
          of this Section 6.1 shall be deemed to be a contract
          between the Corporation and each director or officer who
          serves in such capacity at any time while this Section
          6.1 and the relevant provisions of the General
          Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and other
          applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or
          modification thereof shall not affect any right or
          obligation then existing, with respect to any state of
          facts then or theretofore existing, or any action, suit
          or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or
          threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state
          of facts.

                    Section 6.2  Agents and Employees.  The
          Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a
          party or is threatened to be made a party to any
          threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
          proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
          investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was an
          employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
          serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,
          officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
          partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
          against expenses (including, but not limited to,
          attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in
          settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
          connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the
          extent and in the manner set forth in and permitted by
          the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and
          any other applicable law as from time to time may be in
          effect.  Such right of indemnification shall not be
          deemed to be exclusive of any other right to which such
          person may be entitled apart from the foregoing
          provisions.


                                 ARTICLE VII

                                CAPITAL STOCK

                    Section 7.1  Certificates of Shares. 
          Certificates representing shares of stock of each class
          of the Corporation, whenever authorized by the Board of
          Directors, shall be in such form as shall be approved by
          the Board of Directors.  The certificates representing
          shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in
          the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board
          or the President and Chief Executive Officer or a Vice
          President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
          or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the
          Corporation, and sealed with the seal of the Corporation,
          which may be a facsimile thereof.  Any or all signatures
          may be facsimiles if countersigned by a transfer agent or
          registrar.  If any officer, transfer agent or registrar
          whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to any
          certificate ceases to be an officer, transfer agent or
          registrar before the certificate has been issued, it may
          nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same
          effect as if the officer, transfer agent or registrar
          were still such at the date of its issue.

                    Section 7.2  Transfer of Shares.  Transfers of
          shares of stock of each class of the Corporation shall be
          made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder
          thereof or by such holder's attorney thereunto authorized
          by a power of attorney duly executed and filed with the
          Secretary of the Corporation or a transfer agent for such
          stock, if any, and on surrender of the certificate or
          certificates for such shares properly endorsed or
          accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power and
          the payment of all taxes thereon.  The person in whose
          name such shares of stock stand on the books of the
          Corporation shall be deemed to be the owner thereof for
          all purposes as regards the Corporation; provided that
          whenever any transfer of shares of stock shall be made
          for collateral security and not absolutely, and written
          notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary or to such
          transfer agent, such fact shall be stated in the stock
          ledger entry for the transfer.  No transfer of shares of
          stock shall be valid as against the Corporation, its
          stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to
          render the transferee liable for the debts of the
          Corporation to the extent provided by law, until it shall
          have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation
          by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

                    Section 7.3  Addresses of Stockholders.  Each
          Stockholder shall designate to the Secretary or transfer
          agent of the Corporation an address at which notice of
          meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or
          mailed to such person, and, if any Stockholder shall fail
          to designate such address, corporate notices may be
          served upon such person by mail directed to the person at
          the person's post office address, if any, as the same
          appears on the stock record books of the Corporation or
          at such person's last known post office address.

                    Section 7.4  Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated
          Certificates.  The holder of any share of stock of the
          Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of
          any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the
          certificate therefor.  The Corporation may issue to such
          holder a new certificate or certificates for such shares
          of stock, upon the surrender of the mutilated
          certificates or, in the case of loss, theft or
          destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof
          of such loss, theft or destruction.  The Board of
          Directors, or a committee designated thereby, or the
          transfer agents and registrars for the stock, may, in
          their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen
          or destroyed certificate, or such person's legal
          representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such
          sum and with such surety or sureties as they may direct
          to indemnify the Corporation and such transfer agents and
          registrars against any claim that may be made on account
          of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any
          certificate or the issuance of a new certificate.

                    Section 7.5  Regulations.  The Board of
          Directors may make such additional rules and regulations
          as it may deem to be expedient concerning the issue and
          transfer of certificates representing shares of stock of
          each class of the Corporation and may make such rules and
          take such action as it may deem to be expedient
          concerning the issue of certificates in lieu of
          certificates claimed to have been lost, destroyed, stolen
          or mutilated.

                    Section 7.6  Fixing Date for Determination of
          Stockholders of Record.  In order that the Corporation
          may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of or
          to vote at any meeting of the Stockholders or any
          adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of
          any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any
          right, or entitled to exercise any right in respect of
          any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the
          purpose of any lawful action, the Board of Directors may
          fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more
          than 60 calendar days nor less than 10 calendar days
          before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60
          calendar days prior to any other action.  A determination
          of the Stockholders entitled to notice or to vote at a
          meeting of the Stockholders shall apply to any
          adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of
          Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
          meeting.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                     SEAL

                    The Board of Directors shall provide a
          corporate seal, which shall bear the full name of the
          Corporation and such other words and figures as the Board
          of Directors may approve and adopt.  The seal may be used
          by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or
          affixed or in any other manner reproduced.


                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 FISCAL YEAR

                    The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on
          the 31st day of December in each year.


                                  ARTICLE X

                               WAIVER OF NOTICE

                    Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to
          be given by these Bylaws, by the Certificate of
          Incorporation or by law, the person entitled thereto may,
          either before or after the meeting or other matter in
          respect of which such notice is to be given, waive such
          notice in writing, which writing shall be filed with or
          entered upon the records of the meeting or the records
          kept with respect to such other matter, as the case may
          be, and in such event such notice need not be given to
          such person and such waiver shall be deemed to be
          equivalent to such notice.


                                  ARTICLE XI

                                  AMENDMENTS

                    The Board of Directors shall have the power to
          amend, alter or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new
          Bylaws from time to time by an affirmative vote of
          seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of
          Directors, as then constituted.


                                 ARTICLE XII

                                MISCELLANEOUS

                    Section 12.1  Execution of Documents.  The
          Board of Directors or any committee thereof shall
          designate the officers, employees and agents of the
          Corporation who shall have the power to execute and
          deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures,
          notes, checks and other orders for the payment of money
          and other documents for and in the name of the
          Corporation and may authorize such officers, employees
          and agents to delegate such power (including, but not
          limited to, the authority to redelegate) by written
          instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the
          Corporation.  Such delegation may be by resolution or
          otherwise and the authority granted shall be general or
          confined to specific matters, all as the Board of
          Directors or any such committee may determine.  In the
          absence of such designation referred to in the first
          sentence of this Section 12.1, the officers of the
          Corporation shall have such power so referred to, to the
          extent incident to the normal performance of their
          duties.

                    Section 12.2  Deposits.  All funds of the
          Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited
          from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or
          otherwise as the Board of Directors or any committee
          thereof or any officer of the Corporation to whom power
          in that respect shall have been delegated by the Board of
          Directors or any such committee shall select.

                    Section 12.3  Checks.  All checks, drafts, and
          other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of
          the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of
          indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed on
          behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall from
          time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of
          Directors or of any committee thereof.

                    Section 12.4  Proxies in Respect of Stock or
          Other Securities of Other Corporations.  The Board of 
          Directors or any committee thereof shall designate the
          officers of the Corporation who shall have the authority
          from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the
          Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the
          Corporation the powers and rights which the Corporation
          may have as the holder of stock or other securities in
          any other corporation and to vote or consent in respect
          of such stock or securities.  Such designated officers
          may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the
          manner of exercising such powers and rights, and such
          designated officers may execute or cause to be executed
          in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under
          its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies,
          powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem
          to be necessary or proper so that the Corporation may
          exercise its powers and rights.  In the absence of any
          such designation, the President shall have the authority
          granted under this Section 12.4.

                    Section 12.5  Bylaws Subject to Law and
          Certificate of Incorporation.  Each provision of these
          Bylaws is subject to any contrary provision contained in
          the Certificate of Incorporation or of any applicable law
          as from time to time may be in effect, and, to the extent
          any such provision is inconsistent therewith, such
          provision shall be superseded thereby for as long as and
          in any case in which it is inconsistent, but for all
          other purposes these Bylaws shall continue in full force
          and effect.


                                 ARTICLE XIII

                          TRANSITION PERIOD MATTERS

                    Notwithstanding anything else contained in
          these Bylaws to the contrary, the provisions of this
          Article XIII are intended to reflect certain transitional
          matters set forth in the Agreement and Plan of Merger,
          dated October 1, 1996, by and among the Corporation, FH
          Acquisition Corp. and Foundation Health  Corporation
          ("FHC") (the "Merger Agreement").  The provisions set
          forth below shall become effective as of the Effective
          Date:

               A.   The designees for the classes of the Board of
          Directors expiring in 1997, 1998 and 1999 as set forth in
          Section 3.2 hereof shall consist of (i) for the 1997
          class, four members for the class, consisting of Daniel
          D. Crowley, Malik M. Hasan, M.D., (or their respective
          replacements) one Independent Director appointed from the
          Corporation's Designees and one Independent Director
          appointed from FHC's Designees, (ii) for the 1998 class,
          three members for the class, consisting of two
          Independent Directors appointed from FHC's Designees and
          one Independent Director appointed from the Corporation's
          Designees and (iii) for the 1999 class, four members for
          the class, consisting of  two Independent Directors
          appointed from the Corporation's Designees and two
          Independent Directors appointed from FHC's Designees. 
          For purposes of these Bylaws, the "FHC Designees" shall
          mean the directors selected by FHC as set forth in
          Section 2.01(c) of the Merger Agreement and any FHC
          Replacement Designees (as defined below), and the
          "Corporation Designees" shall mean the directors selected
          by the Corporation as set forth in Section 2.01(c) of the
          Merger Agreement and any Corporation Replacement
          Designees (as defined below).

               B.   During the Transition Period (as defined
          below), the committees of the Board shall be constituted
          as follows:

                    (i)  the Compensation and Stock Option
          Committee shall consist of four members, two Independent
          Directors selected from FHC's Designees and two
          Independent Directors selected from the Corporation's
          Designees, and the Chairman of such Committee shall be
          selected from the Corporation's Designees;

                    (ii)  the Audit Committee shall consist of four
          members, two Independent Directors selected from FHC's
          Designees and two Independent Directors selected from the
          Corporation's Designees, and the Chairman of such
          Committee shall be selected from FHC's Designees;

                    (iii)  the Investment Policy Committee shall
          consist of an equal number of FHC's Designees (initially
          including Mr. Crowley and one Independent Director) and
          Corporation's Designees (initially including Dr. Hasan
          and one Independent Director), and the Chairman of such
          Committee shall be selected from the Corporation's
          Designees; 

                    (iv)  the Nominating Committee shall consist of
          four members, two Independent Directors selected from
          FHC's Designees, and two Independent Directors selected
          from the Corporation's Designees and the Chairman of such
          Committee shall be selected from FHC's Designees; and

                    (v)  there will be no Executive Committee.

                    Following the Transition Period a majority of
          the Board of Directors shall select the directors (which
          do not have to be Independent Directors unless required
          by law or applicable exchange regulation) to serve on the
          committees to the Board of Directors.

               C.   The Board of Directors shall cause the
          following individuals to be designated as Corporate
          Officers of the Corporation, and the Corporation will
          honor the employment contracts and related agreements
          which exist or entered into simultaneously with such
          individuals and certain other individuals, as described
          in the Merger Agreement, as follows:  Mr. Crowley as
          Chairman of the Board, Dr. Hasan as Chief Executive
          Officer and President, Jay M. Gellert as Chief Operating
          Officer, Jeffrey L. Elder as Treasurer and B. Curtis
          Westen, Esq. as Secretary.  Mr. Crowley will be Chairman
          of the Board for the period ending on the earlier of: 
          (i) the date one (1) year following  the Effective Date,
          or (ii) the date of Mr. Crowley's death, resignation or
          removal as Chairman of the Board, upon which date Dr.
          Hasan shall become Chairman of the Board and Chief
          Executive Officer.

               D.   During the period beginning on the Effective
          Date and: 

                              (i)  except as hereinafter
               provided, ending on the date five (5) years
               following the Effective Date the number of
               directors comprising the full Board of
               Directors shall be eleven (11), and initially
               six (6) of such directors (Mr.Crowley and five
               (5) other Independent Directors) shall be
               designated by FHC and five (5) of such
               directors (Dr. Hasan and four (4) other
               Independent Directors) shall be designated by
               the Corporation; provided that for a period
               beginning on the Effective Date and up to, but
               not including, the election of directors at the
               May, 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders ( the
               "Transition Period"), if Dr. Hasan, at any
               time, is not the Chief Executive Officer of the
               Corporation and not on the Board of Directors,
               then prior to the next meeting of the Board of
               Directors following such occurrence,  the other
               Corporation Designees will select a Corporation
               Replacement Designee to replace Dr. Hasan as
               director, and  either (y) a FHC Designee will
               resign so that the Board shall consist of ten
               (10) directors, of whom five shall be
               Corporation Designees and five shall be FHC
               Designees, or (z) the directors will take
               actions to increase the board size to twelve
               (12) and the Corporation Designees shall select
               a Corporation Replacement Designee to fill the
               vacancy created by such increase in the board's
               size and following any date that the Board of
               Directors consists of ten (10) or twelve (12)
               directors pursuant to this paragraph, such
               Board shall be entitled to increase the size of
               the Board by one (1) in order to fill such new
               directorship with the new Chief Executive
               Officer of the Corporation.  A Corporation
               Replacement Designee shall mean an Independent
               Director designated to replace a Corporation
               Designee by the other remaining Corporation
               Designees and shall be selected from (i) the
               Independent Directors of the Corporation's
               board of directors as of the date of the Merger
               Agreement or (ii) any other individual who
               qualifies as an Independent Director and who is
               approved by at least one FHC Designee, which
               approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  A
               FHC Replacement Designee shall mean an
               Independent Director designated to replace a
               FHC Designee by the other remaining FHC
               Designees and shall be selected from (i) the
               Independent Directors of FHC's board of
               directors as of the date of the Merger
               Agreement or (ii) any other individual who
               qualifies as an Independent Director and who is
               approved by at least one Corporation Designee,
               which approval shall not be unreasonably
               withheld; 

                             (ii)  during the Transition
               Period, except as provided in clause (i) above,
               the nominating committee shall nominate for
               election to the board of directors at the 1997,
               1998 and 1999 Annual Meetings of Stockholders,
               the FHC Designees and Corporation Designees
               appointed to the class pursuant to these Bylaws
               and the Merger Agreement; 

                            (iii)  during the Transition
               Period, (w) the affirmative vote of  at least
               eight (8) of the members of the Board shall be
               required for the Board of Directors to approve,
               authorize or otherwise take any action pursuant
               to Article II, Sections 2.2 and 2.3 (in each
               case only with respect to the applicable
               portion of the meetings for the election or
               removal of directors, amendment of the Bylaws
               or other actions inconsistent with the terms of
               the Merger Agreement); Article III, Section
               3.2; Article IV, Section 4.6;  and all of XI,
               (x) in the event of the death, resignation,
               removal or failure to stand for reelection of
               any of the directors originally designated by
               FHC or the Corporation pursuant to the Merger
               Agreement,  the vacancy or nomination shall be
               filled with a FHC Replacement Designee or a
               Corporation Replacement Designee, as the case
               may be, (y) in the event of the death,
               resignation or removal of any member of a
               committee, the vacancy will be filled with a
               FHC Designee or a Corporation Designee
               director, as the case may be, to maintain an
               equal representation on such committee, and (z)
               the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall
               waive all age limitations related to a persons'
               ability to serve as a director on the Board of
               Directors of the Corporation; 

                             (iv)  until the date (2) years
               after Mr. Crowley is no longer employed by the
               Corporation as an employee or officer, the
               employment agreements entered into between the
               Corporation or FHC on the one hand and Mr.
               Crowley on the other hand shall not be renewed,
               extended or amended, nor may Mr. Crowley be
               rehired without the affirmative vote of at
               least eight (8) of the members of the Board of
               Directors;  and

                              (v)  until the earlier of the
               date: (y) 18 months after the Effective Date or
               (z) six months following the date of Mr.
               Crowley's death, resignation or removal as
               Chairman of the Board, Dr. Hasan shall not be
               removed or otherwise replaced as the Chief
               Executive Officer without the affirmative vote
               of at least eight (8) of the members of the
               Board of Directors.

               E.   No action may be taken which could be deemed to
          be inconsistent with this Article XIII or the terms of
          the Merger Agreement, including without limitation the
          provisions of Sections 2.01, 2.02, 7.08 and 7.12 of the
          Merger Agreement without the consent of at least eight
          (8) members of the Board of Directors.

               F.   For the purposes of this Article XIII, an
          "Independent Director" shall mean (i) any individual who
          is not a past or present employee or officer of the
          Corporation, FHC or their Affiliates or any Affiliate of
          such an employee or officer or (ii) notwithstanding
          clause (i), any of the existing directors of FHC and the
          Corporation (other than such individuals who were
          officers or employees of the Corporation or FHC as of
          September 30, 1996);  provided that, after the Effective
          Date each Independent Director shall have no financial
          relationship with the Corporation (other than employment
          and retirement awards granted prior to the Effective Date
          and benefits and future director compensation and
          benefits); provided  that with respect to such
          Independent Directors whose law firms are providing legal
          services to the Corporation, such law firms may complete
          work on existing assignments that in the judgment of the
          Corporation, cannot be reasonably terminated; provided
          further that such financial relationship restriction will
          not apply to New FHS director George Deukmejian, with
          respect to his current law firm.  For the purposes of
          these Bylaws,  "Affiliate" or "Affiliates" shall be
          defined as  (i) any other Person directly or indirectly
          controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
          common control with such specified Person and (ii) any
          family members of such Person.  For purposes of this
          definition, "Person" shall mean any individual,
          partnership, firm, corporation, association, joint
          venture, trust or other entity.  "Control" when used with
          respect to any specified Person shall mean the power to
          direct the management and policies of such Person,
          directly and indirectly, whether through the ownership of
          voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the
          terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
          correlative to the foregoing.





                                                           Exhibit 4.3

                         FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

          SECTION 1.   PURPOSE.

          The Plan was established to provide Eligible Employees with
     an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the
     success of the Company by purchasing Stock from the Company on
     favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll
     deductions.  The Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of
     the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          SECTION 2.   DURATION ; PARTICIPATION PERIODS;
                       SHARES AUTHORIZED.              

          The Plan shall be in effect from October l, 1990 to June 30,
     2000.  While the Plan is in effect, there shall be 117
     Participation Periods, consisting of calendar months.  The
     maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock available for
     purchase under the Plan shall be 500,000, subject to adjustment
     as provided in Section 11.

          SECTION 3.   ADMINISTRATION.

          (a)  The Plan shall be administered by the Board of
     Directors.  The interpretation and construction by the Board of
     Directors of any provision of the Plan or of any right to
     purchase Stock granted under the Plan shall be conclusive and
     binding on all persons.

          (b)  The Board of Directors may delegate the administration
     of the Plan to its Compensation Committee.  The Committee may
     adopt such regulations and rules under the Plan as it considers
     appropriate.

          SECTION 4.   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.

          (a)  Any individual who, on the date preceding the first day
     of a Participation Period, qualified as an Eligible Employee and
     has been employed by a Participating Company for not less than
     six months may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for a
     Participation Period by executing the enrollment form prescribed
     for such purpose by the Board of Directors.  The enrollment form
     shall be filed with the Company not later than the 15th working
     day prior to the commencement of such Participation Period.  The
     Eligible Employee shall designate on the enrollment form the
     percentage of his or her Compensation which he or she elects to
     have withheld for the purchase of Stock, which shall be a whole
     percentage of the Eligible Employee's Compensation, but not less
     than two percent (2%) nor more than ten percent (10%).

          (b)  By enrolling in the Plan, a Participant is given the
     right to purchase the maximum number of whole and fractional
     shares of Stock which can be purchased with the amount of the
     Participant's Compensation which has been withheld during the
     Participation Period; provided, however, that with respect to any
     Participation Period no Participant shall purchase more than a
     maximum of 167 shares of Stock nor shares of Stock in excess of
     the amounts set forth in Section 12.

          (c)  Once enrolled, a Participant shall continue to
     participate in the Plan for each succeeding Participation Period
     until he or she withdraws from the Plan or ceases to be an
     Eligible Employee.  A Participant who withdraws from the Plan in
     accordance with Section 8 may again become a Participant, if he
     or she then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure
     described in Section 4(a).

          SECTION 5.   EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

          A Participant may purchase shares of Stock solely by means
     of payroll deductions.  Payroll deductions, as designated by the
     Participant pursuant to Section 4(a), shall commence with the
     first payroll period in the Participation Period and shall
     continue in each subsequent payroll period during participation
     in the Plan.  If a Participant wishes to change the rate of
     payroll withholding, he or she may do so by filing a new
     enrollment form with the Company not later than the 15th working
     day prior to the commencement of the Participation Period for
     which such change is to be effective.

          SECTION 6.   PLAN ACCOUNTS; PURCHASE OF SHARES.

          (a)  The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books
     in the name of each Participant.  As of the close of each payroll
     period in a Participation Period, the amount deducted from the
     Participant's Compensation shall be credited to the Participant's
     Plan Account.  No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.

          (b)  As of the last day of each Participation Period, the
     Participant is deemed to have elected to purchase the number of
     whole and fractional shares of Stock calculated in accordance
     with this subsection (b), unless the Participant has previously
     elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 8.
     The amount then in the Participant's Plan Account shall be
     divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of whole and
     fractional shares which results (subject to the limitations
     described in subsection 4(b) and subsection (c) below) shall be
     purchased from the Company with the funds in the Participant's
     Plan Account.  At the election of the Participant, share
     certificates representing the number of shares of Stock so
     purchased shall be issued and delivered to the Participant as
     soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the
     Participation Period or a notation of noncertificated shares
     shall be made on the Stock records of the Company.

          (c)  In the event that the aggregate number of shares which
     all Participants elect to purchase during a Participation Period
     exceeds the number of shares remaining available for issuance
     under the Plan, then the number of shares to which each
     Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the
     number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the
     numerator of which is the number of shares which such Participant
     has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the
     number of shares which all Participants have elected to purchase.

          (d)  Any amount remaining in the Participant's Plan Account
     which represents cash equal to less than the price of the
     smallest fractional share which may be purchased under the Plan
     shall be carried over in the Participant's Plan Account to the
     next Participation Period.  Any amount remaining in the
     Participant's Plan Account which represents the Purchase Price
     for whole and fractional shares which could not be purchased
     under subsection 4(b) or Subsection (c) above shall be refunded
     to the Participant in cash, without interest.

          SECTION 7.   PURCHASE PRICE.

          The Purchase Price for each share of Stock shall be 85
     percent of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last
     trading day in the Participation Period.

          SECTION 8.   WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN.

          A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan at any
     time before the last day of a Participation Period by filing the
     prescribed form with the Company.  As soon as reasonably
     practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the
     amount credited to the Participant's Plan Account shall be
     refunded to him or her in cash, without interest.  A Participant
     who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant in
     future Participation Periods, unless he or she again enrolls
     under Section 4.

          SECTION 9.   EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any
     reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic
     withdrawal from the Plan under Section 8.  A transfer from one
     Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a
     termination of employment.

          SECTION 10.  RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE.

          The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any
     Participant's interest in any Stock or moneys to which he or she
     may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by
     voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in
     any other manner other than by will or the laws of descent and
     distribution.  If a Participant in any manner attempts to
     transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or
     interest under the Plan, other than by will or the laws of
     descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an
     election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under
     Section 8.

          SECTION 11.  RECAPITALIZATIONS, ETC.

          (a)  The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under
     the Plan and the number and price of shares which any Participant
     has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the
     Board of Directors for any increase or decrease in the number of
     outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or
     consolidation of shares, the payment of a stock dividend, or
     another increase or decrease in such shares effected without
     receipt or payment of consideration by the Company.

          (b)  In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the
     Company, or a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a
     constituent corporation, the Plan shall terminate, unless the
     plan of merger, consolidation or reorganization provides
     otherwise, and all amounts which have been withheld but not yet
     applied to purchase Stock hereunder shall be refunded, without
     interest.  The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in
     any way the Company's right to undertake a dissolution,
     liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

          SECTION 12.  LIMITATION ON STOCK OWNERSHIP.

          Any other provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding,
     no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under
     the Plan if (a) such Participant, immediately after his or her
     election to purchase such Stock, would own stock possessing more
     than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power or
     value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or
     Subsidiary of the Company or (b) under the terms of the Plan such
     Participant's rights to purchase stock under this and all other
     qualified employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any
     parent or Subsidiary of the Company would accrue at a rate which
     exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock
     (determined at the time when such right is granted) for each
     calendar year for which such right or option is outstanding at
     any time.  Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying
     the attribution rules of Section 425(d) of the Internal Revenue
     Code of 1986, as amended.  For purposes of this Section 12, each
     Participant shall be considered to own any stock which he or she
     has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan,
     and each Participant shall be considered to have the right to
     purchase 167 shares of Stock under this Plan with respect to each
     Participation Period.

          SECTION 13.  NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE.

          Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person
     the right to remain in the employ of a Participating Company. 
     Each Participating Company reserves the right to terminate the
     employment of any person at any time, with or without cause.

          SECTION 14.  NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

          A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with
     respect to any shares which he or she may have purchased, or may
     have a right to purchase, under the Plan until the date of
     issuance of a stock certificate for such shares or the date a
     notation of noncertificated shares shall have been made on the
     stock records of the Company.

          SECTION 15.  AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE.

          The Board of Directors shall have the right to amend, modify
     or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice; provided
     that no Participant's existing rights are adversely affected
     thereby and that, except as provided in Section 11, any increase
     in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the
     Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders
     of the Company in the manner provided in Section 16.

          SECTION 16.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

          The Plan and all elections to purchase shares hereunder
     shall be void, and all amounts which have been paid toward the
     Purchase Price of Stock hereunder shall be refunded without
     interest, unless the Plan is approved and ratified by the holders
     of the Company's outstanding voting shares within 12 months
     before or after the date when the Plan is adopted by the Board of
     Directors.  The provisions of Section 6 notwithstanding, no stock
     certificates shall be issued to any Participant until the Plan
     has been approved and ratified in the above manner.

          SECTION 17.  DEFINITIONS.

          (a)  Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the
     Company, as constituted from time to time.

          (b)  Committee means the committee (if any) appointed to
     administer the Plan, as provided in Section 3(b).

          (c)  Company means Foundation Health Corporation, a Delaware
     corporation.

          (d)  Compensation means the base compensation paid to a
     Participant by the Participating Companies, including shift
     differentials but excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime or any
     other pay for work outside the regular work schedule, as
     determined by the Board of Directors.

          (e)  Eligible Employee means any employee of a Participating
     Company who is customarily employed for more than twenty (20)
     hours per week and more than five (5) months per calendar year.

          (f)  Fair Market Value shall mean the market price of Stock,
     determined by the Board of Directors as follows:

          (i)  If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in
     question but was not classified as a national market issue, then
     the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean between the last
     reported representative bid and asked prices quoted by the NASDAQ
     system for such date;

          (ii)  If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date
     in question and was classified as a national market issue, then
     the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction
     price quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date;

          (iii)  If the Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the
     date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to
     the closing price reported by the applicable composite-
     transactions report for such date; and

          (iv)  If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable,
     then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of
     Directors in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate. 
     In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Board
     of Directors shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

          (g)  Participant means an Eligible Employee who elects to
     participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 4(a).

          (i)  Participating Company means the Company and each
     present or future Subsidiary, except Subsidiaries excluded by the
     Board of Directors.

          (h)  Participation Period means a period during which
     contributions may be made toward the purchase of Stock under the
     Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 2.

          (i)  Plan means this Foundation Health Corporation Employee
     Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

          (j)  Plan Account means the account established for each
     Participant pursuant to Section 6.

          (k)  Purchase Price means the price at which Participants
     may purchase Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to
     Section 7.

          (l)  Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

          (m)  Subsidiary means a corporation, 50 percent or more of
     the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of which
     is owned by the Company or by another Subsidiary.

          SECTION 18.  EXECUTION.

          To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors
     on June 14, 1990, effective as of October 1, 1990, the Company
     has caused its authorized officer to execute the same this 14th
     day of September, 1990.

                                     FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                                     By: /s/ Daniel D. Crowley        








                                                        Exhibit 4.4


                        FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                              PROFIT SHARING AND

                                 401(K) PLAN

               (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994)



                                                  Plan Number:  001

                                                  EIN:  68-0014772 




                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                 Page

          ARTICLE 1   INTRODUCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

          ARTICLE 2   DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
               2.1    "Accounts"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
               2.2    "Account Balance"   . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
               2.3    "Actual Deferral Percentage"  . . . . . . . . 2
               2.4    "Adjustment Factor" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
               2.5    "Administrator" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
               2.6    "Affiliated Group"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
               2.7    "After-Tax Contributions" . . . . . . . . . . 2
               2.8    "After-Tax Contribution Account"  . . . . . . 2
               2.9    "After-Tax Contribution Election"   . . . . . 3
               2.10   "Annuity Starting Date" . . . . . . . . . . . 3
               2.11   "Average Actual Deferral Percentage"  . . . . 3
               2.12   "Average Contribution Percentage" . . . . . . 3
               2.13   "Beneficiary" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
               2.14   "Board of Directors"  . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
               2.15   "Code"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
               2.16   "Company" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
               2.17   "Compensation"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
               2.18   "Contribution Percentage" . . . . . . . . . . 4
               2.19   "Deferral Election" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
               2.20   "Deferred Salary Account" . . . . . . . . . . 4
               2.21   "Deferred Salary Contribution"  . . . . . . . 4
               2.22   "Disability Retirement Date"  . . . . . . . . 4
               2.23   "Disabled"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
               2.24   "Early Retirement Date" . . . . . . . . . . . 4
               2.25   "Effective Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
               2.26   "Employee"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
               2.27   "Employer"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
               2.28   "Employer Account"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
               2.29   "Employer Contributions"  . . . . . . . . . . 6
               2.30   "Employment Commencement Date"  . . . . . . . 6
               2.31   "ERISA" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
               2.32   "Family Member" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
               2.33   "FHC Stock" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
               2.34   "FHC Stock Fund"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
               2.35   "Highly Compensated Employee" . . . . . . . . 6
               2.36   "Hour of Service" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               2.37   "Investment Funds"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
               2.38   "Leased Employee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               2.39   "Leave of Absence"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               2.40   "Married Participant" . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               2.41   "Matching Rate" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               2.42   "Nonhighly Compensated Employee"  . . . . . . 8
               2.43   "Normal Retirement Age" . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               2.44   "Normal Retirement Date"  . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.45   "One-Year Period of Severance"  . . . . . . . 9
               2.46   "Participant" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.47   "Participation Commencement Date" . . . . . . 9
               2.48   "Period of Service" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.49   "Period of Severance" . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.50   "Plan"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.51   "Plan Year" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.52   "Postponed Retirement Date" . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.53   "Prior Plan"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
               2.54   "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity"  . .  10
               2.55   "Qualified Matching Contribution" and
                      "Qualified Nonelective Contribution"  . . .  10
               2.56   "Reemployment Commencement Date"  . . . . .  10
               2.57   "Retirement Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
               2.58   "Rollover Account"  . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
               2.59   "Rollover Contribution" . . . . . . . . . .  10
               2.60   "Severance From Service Date" . . . . . . .  10
               2.61   "Spouse" or "Surviving Spouse " . . . . . .  11
               2.62   "Top-Paid Group"  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
               2.63   "Total Compensation"  . . . . . . . . . . .  11
               2.64   "Total Compensation Plus Deferrals" . . . .  12
               2.65   "Trust Agreement" . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               2.66   "Trustee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               2.67   "Trust Fund"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               2.68   "Valuation Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               2.69   "Year of Service" . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

          ARTICLE 3   PARTICIPATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               3.1    Plan Entry Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
               3.2    Rehired Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
               3.3    Loss of Participant Status  . . . . . . . .  13
               3.4    Suspension of Participation . . . . . . . .  13

          ARTICLE 4   DEFERRED SALARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND 
                      AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . .  14
               4.1    Deferred Salary Contributions . . . . . . .  14
               4.2    Deferral Election . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
               4.3    Suspension of, or Change in, Deferral
                      Election  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
               4.4    Deferral Percentage Limitation  . . . . . .  15
               4.5    Special Rules on Deferral Percentage
                      Limitation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
               4.6    Adjustment of Deferrals . . . . . . . . . .  17
               4.7    After-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . .  17
               4.8    After-Tax Contribution Election . . . . . .  17
               4.9    Suspension of, or Change in, After-Tax
                      Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

          ARTICLE 5   EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS  . . . . . . . . . .  18
               5.1    Employer Discretionary Contributions  . . .  18
               5.2    Employer Matching Contributions 
                      (Effective Until 9/30/94) . . . . . . . . .  19
               5.2    Employer Matching Contributions 
                      (Effective 10/1/94) . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
               5.3    Percentage Limitation on Employer 
                      Matching Contributions and
                      After-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . .  20
               5.4    Special Rules for Contribution 
                      Percentage Limit Testing  . . . . . . . . .  21
               5.5    Overall Limitation on Annual Additions  . .  21
               5.6    Special Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
               5.7    Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
               5.8    Reversion of Employer Contributions . . . .  25
               5.9    Timing of Employer Contributions  . . . . .  25

          ARTICLE 6   PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS  . . . . . . . . . .  25
               6.1    Separate Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
               6.2    Valuation of Funds  . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
               6.3    Investment of Contributions . . . . . . . .  26
               6.4    Change of Investment Election . . . . . . .  27
               6.5    Restrictions on Investment Elections of
                      Certain Participants  . . . . . . . . . . .  27
               6.6    Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

          ARTICLE 7   INVESTMENT OF FUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
               7.1    Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
               7.2    Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
               7.3    Independent Qualified Public Accountant . .  28

          ARTICLE 8   BENEFIT ELECTION AND BENEFICIARY
                      DESIGNATION PROCEDURES  . . . . . . . . . .  29
               8.1    Elections as to Form of Distribution  . . .  29
               8.2    Information on Form of Distribution . . . .  30
               8.3    Designation of Beneficiary for Death
                      Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
               8.4    Information on Death Benefits . . . . . . .  32

          ARTICLE 9   DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . .  32
               9.1    Time of Distribution:  General Rule . . . .  32
               9.2    Earliest Time of Distribution . . . . . . .  33
               9.3    Latest Time of Distribution . . . . . . . .  33
               9.4    Normal Form of Benefit  . . . . . . . . . .  33
               9.5    Optional Forms of Benefit . . . . . . . . .  34
               9.6    Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity .  34
               9.7    Small Benefits:  Immediate Lump Sum . . . .  35
               9.8    Investment of Account Balance of
                      Terminated Participant  . . . . . . . . . .  35
               9.9    Required Distributions  . . . . . . . . . .  35
               9.10   Direct Rollovers  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36

          ARTICLE 10  VESTING, RETIREMENT, AND TERMINATION
                      OF EMPLOYMENT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
               10.1   Vesting in Deferred Salary, After-Tax and
                      Rollover Contributions  . . . . . . . . . .  37
               10.2   Vesting in Employer Account . . . . . . . .  37
               10.3   Vesting After Prior Distributions . . . . .  38
               10.4   Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38

          ARTICLE 11  WITHDRAWALS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               11.1   Hardship Withdrawals  . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               11.2   Withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions . . .  41
               11.3   Loans to Participants . . . . . . . . . . .  41

          ARTICLE 12  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS,
                      EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS AND EXCESS
                      AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS   . . . . . . . . .  44
               12.1   Distribution of Excess Deferrals  . . . . .  44
               12.2   Distribution of Excess Aggregate
                      Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

          ARTICLE 13  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN  . . . . . . . .  48
               13.1   Plan Administrator  . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
               13.2   Selection of Committee  . . . . . . . . . .  48
               13.3   Powers of the Administrator . . . . . . . .  49
               13.4   Selection and Replacement of Trustee  . . .  50
               13.5   Selection of Other Professional
                      Counselors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               13.6   Reliance on Professional Counselors . . . .  51
               13.7   Plan Claim Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .  51
               13.8   Source of Payment of Expenses . . . . . . .  52
               13.9   Compensation of the Administrator . . . . .  53
               13.10  Fiduciary Liability Insurance   . . . . . .  53

          ARTICLE 14  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . .  53
               14.1   Right to Amend  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
               14.2   Right to Discontinue Plan . . . . . . . . .  54
               14.3   Obligations Upon Merger, Consolidation
                      or Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
               14.4   Obligations Upon Termination, Partial
                      Termination or Discontinuance . . . . . . .  54
               14.5   Continued Funding After Plan Termination  .  55
               14.6   Distribution Upon Sale of Assets  . . . . .  55

          ARTICLE 15  GENERAL PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
               15.1   No Implied Employment Contract  . . . . . .  55
               15.2   Benefits Not Assignable . . . . . . . . . .  56
               15.3   Facility of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
               15.4   Source of Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
               15.5   Lost Participants or Beneficiaries  . . . .  56
               15.6   Service in Several Fiduciary Capacities . .  57
               15.7   Construction of Plan  . . . . . . . . . . .  57
               15.8   Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
               15.9   Intent to Comply With Legal Requirements  .  57
               15.10  Annuity Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
               15.11  Voting Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
               15.12  Other Instructions by Participants  . . . .  58

          ARTICLE 16  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFERS  . . .  59
               16.1   Transfers From Other Plans  . . . . . . . .  59
               16.2   Rollover of Funds From Conduit 
                      Individual Retirement Account (IRA) . . . .  60
               16.3   Mistaken Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60

          ARTICLE 17  TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . .  61
               17.1   Top-Heavy Plan Defined  . . . . . . . . . .  61
               17.2   Other Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
               17.3   Top-Heavy Vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
               17.4   Top-Heavy Contributions . . . . . . . . . .  64
               17.5   Adjustment to Limitation on Annual
                      Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64




                        FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                              PROFIT SHARING AND

                                 401(k) PLAN

               (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994)


                                   ARTICLE 1
                                 INTRODUCTION

          The Plan was most recently amended and restated,
          generally effective January 1, 1994, to read as set forth
          herein.  The Plan was originally adopted effective
          April 1, 1989 as an amendment, restatement and
          continuation of the CPI Profit Sharing Plan sponsored by
          International Central Bank and Trust Corporation.  The
          purpose of the Plan is to provide participating employees
          with retirement benefits by affording them the
          opportunity to elect to have a portion of their salary
          paid directly into the Plan on their behalf by the
          Company and the other Employers.  This Plan is intended
          to qualify as a profit sharing plan under Section 401(a)
          of the Code and contains a cash or deferred arrangement
          intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code.

          The Trust Agreement entered into in connection with this
          Plan shall continue in full force and effect pursuant to
          the applicable provisions of the Plan and is incorporated
          by reference and made part of this Plan.

          The Plan is subject to amendment or termination at any
          time pursuant to Article 14, including (without
          limitation) amendments to meet regulations and rules
          issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate
          or the Secretary of Labor.  Certain capitalized terms
          used in the text of the Plan are defined in Article 2 in
          alphabetical order.


                                  ARTICLE 2
                                 DEFINITIONS

          The following words and phrases as used herein shall have
          the following meanings and the masculine and feminine
          gender shall be deemed to include the others, unless a
          different meaning is plainly required by the context:

               2.1  "Accounts" means the accounts that are
                    maintained for a Participant (or former
                    Participant) under the Plan, including the
                    Deferred Salary Account, the Rollover Account,
                    the After-Tax Contribution Account and the
                    Employer Account.

               2.2  "Account Balance" means the sum of the amounts
                    credited to a Participant's (or former
                    Participant's) Accounts, including interest and
                    earnings as of any date.

               2.3  "Actual Deferral Percentage" means the ratio
                    (expressed as a percentage) of the Deferred
                    Salary Contributions made on behalf of the
                    Participant for the Plan Year to the
                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.

               2.4  "Adjustment Factor" means the cost of living
                    adjustment factor prescribed by the Secretary
                    of the Treasury under Section 415(d) of the
                    Code for years beginning after December 31,
                    1987, as applied to such items and in such
                    manner as the Secretary shall provide.

               2.5  "Administrator" means the individual or
                    committee described in Article 13 which is
                    responsible for the administration of the Plan.

               2.6  "Affiliated Group" means a group of one or more
                    chains of corporations connected through stock
                    ownership with the Company, if:

                    (A)  Stock possessing at least 80% of the total
                         combined voting power of all classes of
                         stock entitled to vote or at least 80% of
                         the total value of shares of all classes
                         of stock of each of the corporations,
                         except the Company, is owned by one or
                         more of the other corporations; and

                    (B)  The Company owns stock possessing at least
                         80% of the total combined voting power of
                         all classes of stock entitled to vote or
                         at least 80% of the total value of shares
                         of all classes of stock of at least one of
                         the other corporations excluding, in
                         computing such voting power or value,
                         stock owned directly by such other
                         corporations.

                    In addition, the term 'Affiliated Group'
                    includes any other entity that the Company has
                    designated in writing as a member of the
                    Affiliated Group for purposes of the Plan.  An
                    entity shall be considered a member of the
                    Affiliated Group only with respect to periods
                    for which such designation is in effect or
                    during which the relationship described in
                    Paragraphs (A) and (B) above exists.

               2.7  "After-Tax Contributions" means any amounts
                    contributed to the Plan by the Participant
                    pursuant to Section 4.7.

               2.8  "After-Tax Contribution Account" means the
                    Account described in Section 4.7.

               2.9  "After-Tax Contribution Election" means the
                    election made by a Participant pursuant to
                    Article 4.8.

               2.10 "Annuity Starting Date" means the first day of
                    the first period for which an amount is payable
                    as an annuity or, in the case of a benefit not
                    payable as an annuity, the first day on which
                    all events have occurred which entitle the
                    Participant to such benefit.

               2.11 "Average Actual Deferral Percentage" means the
                    average (expressed as a percentage) of the
                    Actual Deferral Percentages of the Participants
                    in a group.

               2.12 "Average Contribution Percentage" means the
                    average (expressed as a percentage) of the
                    Contribution Percentages of the Participants in
                    a group.

               2.13 "Beneficiary" means the person, persons or
                    entity designated in writing by the Participant
                    (or by the Plan) pursuant to Article 8.

               2.14 "Board of Directors" means the Board of
                    Directors of the Company, as constituted from
                    time to time.

               2.15 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
                    as amended from time to time.

               2.16 "Company" means Foundation Health Corporation.

               2.17 "Compensation" means the total compensation
                    received from the Employer for personal
                    services rendered by a Participant during the
                    Plan Year, including base salary, bonuses,
                    commissions, overtime, shift differentials and
                    amounts contributed to the Plan as Deferred
                    Salary Contributions and After-Tax
                    Contributions.

                    By way of illustration, but not by way of
                    limitation, amounts not included in the
                    definition of Compensation include relocation
                    bonuses, author incentives, auto allowances or
                    referral bonuses, income realized as a result
                    of participation in any stock option, stock
                    purchase or similar arrangement maintained by
                    the Employer and tuition or other
                    reimbursements.

                    The foregoing provision notwithstanding, for
                    purposes of determining a Participant's Actual
                    Deferral Percentage used in performing the
                    average deferral percentage nondiscrimination
                    test described in Section 4.4 (and Section
                    401(k)(3) of the Code) and his or her
                    Contribution Percentage used in performing the
                    average contribution percentage
                    nondiscrimination test described in Section 5.3
                    (and Section 401(m)(2) of the Code),
                    Compensation means the total compensation paid
                    to the Participant by the Employer, other than
                    compensation in the form of qualified or
                    previously qualified deferred compensation,
                    that is currently includable in the gross
                    income of the Participant for income tax
                    purposes.    

                    Compensation for a Plan Year shall not exceed
                    $150,000 (or such other amount as may be
                    adopted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                    under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code).  For
                    purposes of the preceding sentence,
                    Compensation of an individual who is one of the
                    10 most highly compensated Highly Compensated
                    Employees or a five-percent owner shall be
                    deemed to include the Compensation of such
                    individual's spouse and any descendants under
                    age 19.  If such aggregated Compensation
                    exceeds the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit, then
                    the Compensation taken into account under the
                    Plan for the individuals in each family
                    aggregation group shall be reduced to meet such
                    limit, and the reduced amount of Compensation
                    taken into account be allocated among such
                    individuals in proportion to Compensation
                    (without regard to family aggregation).

               2.18 "Contribution Percentage" means the ratio
                    (expressed as a percentage) of the Employer
                    Matching Contributions and After-Tax
                    Contributions made under the Plan on behalf of
                    the Participant for the Plan Year to the
                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.

               2.19 "Deferral Election" means the portion of the
                    enrollment application on which a Participant
                    authorizes and elects the percentage of his
                    Compensation to be withheld by the Employer and
                    contributed on behalf of the Participant to his
                    Deferred Salary Account.

               2.20 "Deferred Salary Account" means the Account
                    described in Section 4.1.

               2.21 "Deferred Salary Contribution" means the amount
                    withheld from the Compensation of a Participant
                    and contributed by the Employer on behalf of a
                    Participant pursuant to Section 4.1.

               2.22 "Disability Retirement Date" means a
                    Participant's Retirement Date, which shall be
                    the first of any month following a
                    Participant's termination of employment after
                    becoming Disabled.

               2.23 "Disabled" mean a physical or mental condition
                    which totally and permanently prevents a
                    Participant from engaging in any substantial
                    gainful employment, provided the Participant is
                    eligible for, and is receiving, disability
                    benefits under the Social Security Act.

               2.24 "Early Retirement Date" means a Participant's
                    Retirement Date, which shall be the first of
                    any month coincident with or following
                    termination of employment and attainment of his
                    55th birthday.

               2.25 "Effective Date" means April 1, 1989.

               2.26 "Employee" means any employee of an Affiliated
                    Group member except the following:

                    (A)  Any employee who is included in a unit of
                         employees covered by an agreement that the
                         Secretary of Labor finds to be a
                         collective bargaining agreement between
                         employee representative and an Employer if
                         there is evidence that retirement benefits
                         were the subject of good faith bargaining
                         between the employee representative and
                         the Employer; and

                    (B)  Any person who is an independent
                         contractor; and

                    (C)  Any employee who is a nonresident alien
                         who receives no earned income (within the
                         meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code)
                         from the Employer which constitutes income
                         from sources within the United States; and

                    (D)  Any other group of individuals that the
                         Company has designated in writing as
                         ineligible for Employee status.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term
                    'Employee' shall also include Leased Employees;
                    provided, however, if such Leased Employees
                    constitute less than twenty (20) percent of the
                    Affiliated Group's Nonhighly Compensated
                    Workforce, then the term 'Employee' shall not
                    include such Leased Employees as are covered by
                    a safe harbor plan under Code Section
                    414(n)(5). 

               2.27 "Employer" means the Company and each other
                    member of the Affiliated Group which has been
                    designated as an Employer by the Company and
                    which has elected to contribute to the Plan. 
                    In addition, a particular division or separate
                    operating unit of a member of the Affiliated
                    Group may be designated as a separate Employer
                    from the Affiliated Group member of which it is
                    a part, including the ability to make separate
                    elections as to the amount of Employer
                    Contributions.  A member of the Affiliated
                    Group and/or a division or separate operating
                    unit of an existing Employer may be designated
                    as a separate Employer as of the first day of
                    any calendar month only if the designation is
                    made before such date.

               2.28 "Employer Account" means the account into which
                    Employer Contributions made on behalf of a
                    Participant pursuant to Article 5, and earnings
                    on those contributions, shall be credited.

               2.29 "Employer Contributions" means "Employer
                    Discretionary Contributions" and/or "Employer
                    Matching Contributions" contributed on behalf
                    of a Participant as described in Article 5.

               2.30 "Employment Commencement Date" means the date
                    on which an Employee first performs an Hour of
                    Service for an Affiliated Group member.

               2.31 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income
                    Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
                    time.

               2.32 "Family Member" means the spouse, lineal
                    ascendants and descendants of the Employee and
                    the spouse of such lineal ascendants and
                    descendants.

               2.33 "FHC Stock" means the common stock, $0.01 par
                    value, of the Company.

               2.34 "FHC Stock Fund" means a part of the Trust
                    Fund, as described in Section 7.2.  The FHC
                    Stock Fund shall be invested and reinvested
                    exclusively in FHC Stock, except that, pending
                    investment in FHC Stock, amounts designated for
                    investment in the FHC Stock Fund may be
                    invested temporarily in interest-bearing short-
                    term investment instruments selected by the
                    Trustee.

               2.35 "Highly Compensated Employee" for any Plan Year
                    means:

                    (A)  Any active Employee who was a five percent
                         (5%) owner at any time during the look-
                         back year or the determination year;

                    (B)  Any active Employee who, during the look-
                         back year:

                         (1)  Received Total Compensation Plus
                              Deferrals of more than $75,000 (or
                              such larger amount as may be adopted
                              by the Commissioner of Internal
                              Revenue to reflect a cost-of-living
                              adjustment);

                         (2)  Received Total Compensation Plus
                              Deferrals of more than $50,000 (or
                              such larger amount as may be adopted
                              by the Commissioner of Internal
                              Revenue to reflect a cost-of-living
                              adjustment) and was a member of the
                              Top-Paid Group; or

                         (3)  Was an officer of a member of the
                              Affiliated Group and received Total
                              Compensation Plus Deferrals of more
                              than fifty percent (50%) of the
                              dollar limitation in effect under
                              Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code; and

                    (C)  Any active Employee who, during the
                         determination year:

                         (1)  Met one of the three requirements set
                              forth in Paragraph (B) above; and

                         (2)  Was one of the 100 Employees who
                              received the highest Total
                              Compensation Plus Deferrals from the
                              Affiliated Group.

                    If no officer has satisfied the Total
                    Compensation Plus Deferrals requirement of
                    Subparagraph (B)(3) above during a
                    determination year or a look-back year (as the
                    case may be), then the highest paid officer for
                    such year shall be treated as a Highly
                    Compensated Employee.

                    If an Employee is, during a determination year
                    or a look-back year, a Family Member of a five
                    percent (5%) owner who is an active or former
                    Employee or of a Highly Compensated Employee
                    who is one of the 10 most Highly Compensated
                    Employees ranked on the basis of Total
                    Compensation Plus Deferrals paid during such
                    year, then the Family Member and the five
                    percent (5%) owner or top-10 Highly
                    Compensation Employee shall be aggregated.  In
                    that event, the Family Member and the five
                    percent (5%) owner or top-10 Highly Compensated
                    Employee shall be treated as a single Employee
                    receiving the compensation and Plan
                    contributions of the Family Member and the five
                    percent (5%) owner or top-10 Highly Compensated
                    Employee.

                    For purposes of this Section 2.35, the
                    determination year shall be the Plan Year.  The
                    look-back year shall be the 12-month period
                    immediately preceding the determination year.

                    The term 'Highly Compensated Employee' shall
                    also include a former Employee who separated
                    from service (or was deemed to have separated
                    from service) prior to the determination year,
                    performs no service for any member of the
                    Affiliated Group during the determination year,
                    and was a Highly Compensated Employee as an
                    active Employee for either the separation year
                    or any determination year ending on or after
                    the Employee's 55th birthday.

                    The determination of who is a Highly
                    Compensated Employee, including the
                    determinations of the number and identity of
                    Employees in the Top-Paid Group, the top 100
                    Employees, the number of Employees treated as
                    officers and the Total Compensation Plus
                    Deferrals that is considered, shall be made in
                    accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and
                    the regulations thereunder.

               2.36 "Hour of Service" means each hour for which an
                    Employee is directly or indirectly paid or
                    entitled to payment for the performance of
                    duties for an Affiliated Group member.

               2.37 "Investment Funds" means, to the extent
                    applicable, one or more of the FHC Stock Fund
                    and the other investment funds offered under
                    the Plan.

               2.38 "Leased Employee" means an individual (i) who
                    does not have a common-law employment
                    relationship with a member of the Affiliated
                    Group, (ii) who has provided services to a
                    member or members of the Affiliated Group of a
                    type performed by individuals who are common-
                    law employees of members of the Affiliated
                    Group, on a substantially full-time basis for a
                    period of at least one year and (iii) who
                    provides services to a member or members of the
                    Affiliated Group pursuant to an agreement
                    between a member or members of the Affiliated
                    Group and another individual.

               2.39 "Leave of Absence" means an absence authorized
                    by the Employer under its standard personnel
                    practices as applied in an uniform and non-
                    discriminatory manner to all persons similarly
                    situated, provided the Employee resumes service
                    with the Employer within the period specified
                    in the authorization for the Leave of Absence.

                    For purposes of determining an Employee's
                    Severance From Service Date, a Leave of Absence
                    shall not exceed a period of twelve (12)
                    consecutive months.  Service in the Armed
                    Forces of the United States of America shall
                    constitute an authorized leave of absence
                    provided (i) the Employee leaves the employ of
                    the Employer to enter the service of the Armed
                    Forces of the United States of America through
                    the operation of a compulsory military service
                    law or pursuant to leave granted by the
                    Employer, and (ii) the Employee returns to the
                    employ of the Employer within the period
                    provided by law for the protection of his re-
                    employment rights.

               2.40 "Married Participant" means a Participant who
                    is lawfully married on the date benefits are
                    elected or become payable under the Plan.

               2.41 "Matching Rate" is defined in Paragraph (A) of
                    Section 5.2.

               2.42 "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" shall mean an
                    Employee who is neither a Highly Compensated
                    Employee nor a Family Member.

               2.43 "Normal Retirement Age" means age 65.

               2.44 "Normal Retirement Date" means the first day of
                    the month coincident with or next following a
                    Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement
                    Age.

               2.45 "One-Year Period of Severance" means a twelve
                    (12) consecutive month period beginning on a
                    Severance From Service Date and ending on the
                    first anniversary of such date, provided the
                    Employee has not performed an Hour of Service
                    for an Affiliated Group member during such
                    period.

               2.46 "Participant" means an Employee who becomes a
                    Participant pursuant to Article 3 and who
                    continues to be entitled to any benefits under
                    the Plan.

               2.47 "Participation Commencement Date" means the
                    date on which an Employee first becomes a
                    Participant, which shall be the first day of
                    January, April, July or October.

               2.48 "Period of Service" means a period of service
                    commencing on an Employee's Employment
                    Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement
                    Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on
                    his Severance From Service Date.  All Periods
                    of Service shall be aggregated.

                    If an Employee severs from service by reason of
                    a quit, discharge, or retirement and the
                    Employee then performs an Hour of Service
                    within twelve (12) months of the Severance From
                    Service Date, then such Period of Severance
                    shall be taken into account for purposes of
                    eligibility and vesting.

               2.49 "Period of Severance" means the period of time
                    commencing on an Employee's Severance From
                    Service Date and ending on the date on which
                    the Employee again performs an Hour of Service
                    for an Affiliated Group member.

               2.50 "Plan" means this Foundation Health Corporation
                    Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, as amended and
                    restated from time to time.

               2.51 "Plan Year" means the calendar year.

               2.52 "Postponed Retirement Date" means a
                    Participant's Retirement Date, which shall be
                    the first of any month coincident with or next
                    following his termination of employment after
                    his Normal Retirement Date.

               2.53 "Prior Plan" means the CPI Profit Sharing Plan,
                    as in effect immediately prior to the Effective
                    Date.

               2.54 "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" (or
                    "QJSA") means an annuity payable for the life
                    of the Participant with a survivor annuity for
                    the life of the Surviving Spouse which is equal
                    to at least 50%, but no more than 100%, of the
                    annuity payable during the joint lives of the
                    Participant and Spouse that can be purchased
                    with the Participant's Account Balance.

               2.55 "Qualified Matching Contribution" and
                    "Qualified Nonelective Contribution" means an
                    Employer Contribution described in Section
                    5.1(D) which is subject to the
                    nonforfeitability and distribution limitations
                    of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(c)
                    and (d).

               2.56 "Reemployment Commencement Date" means the
                    first day following a Period of Severance on
                    which an Employee performs an Hour of Service
                    for an Employer.

               2.57 "Retirement Date" means a Participant's date of
                    actual retirement which shall be his Normal
                    Retirement Date, Early Retirement Date,
                    Postponed Retirement Date or Disability
                    Retirement Date, whichever is applicable.

               2.58 "Rollover Account" means the Account described
                    in  Article 16.

               2.59 "Rollover Contribution" means the contributions
                    received by the Plan from a Participant
                    pursuant to Article 16 and maintained in the
                    Rollover Account.

               2.60 "Severance From Service Date" means the earlier
                    of:

                    (A)  The date on which an Employee quits,
                         retires, is discharged, or dies; or

                    (B)  (1)  The first anniversary of the first
                              day of a period in which an Employee
                              remains absent from service (with or
                              without pay) with the Affiliated
                              Group member for any reason other
                              than quit, retirement, discharge or
                              death, such as vacation, holiday,
                              sickness, disability, Leave of
                              Absence or lay-off; or

                         (2)  The second anniversary of the first
                              day of a period in which an Employee
                              remains absent from service (with or
                              without pay) with an Affiliated Group
                              member by reason of pregnancy, the
                              birth of the Employee's child, the
                              placement of a child with the
                              Employee in connection with the
                              adoption of such child by such
                              Employee, or the need to care for
                              such Employee's child during the
                              period immediately following such
                              child's birth or placement.

                              A Participant shall receive credit
                              under the Plan for an absence from
                              service under the foregoing paragraph
                              on account of pregnancy, the birth of
                              the Employee's child, child placement
                              or child care, effective on or after
                              January 1, 1985, provided, however,
                              that the Participant shall not be so
                              credited unless such Employee
                              furnishes the Administrator such
                              timely information as the
                              Administrator may require to
                              establish that the absence from
                              employment is for such reasons.

               2.61 "Spouse" or "Surviving Spouse" means a
                    Participant's current spouse or surviving
                    spouse, provided, however, that a former spouse
                    will be treated as a Spouse or Surviving Spouse
                    to the extent provided under a qualified
                    domestic relations order as described in
                    Section 414(p) of the Code and procedures
                    adopted by the Company.

               2.62 "Top-Paid Group" for any Plan Year means the
                    top 20% (in terms of Total Compensation Plus
                    Deferrals) of all Employees of the Affiliated
                    Group, excluding the following:

                    (A)  Any Employee covered by a collective
                         bargaining agreement who is not eligible
                         to become a Participant;

                    (B)  Any Employee who is a nonresident alien
                         with respect to the United States who
                         receives no income from a source within
                         the United States from a member of the
                         Affiliated Group;

                    (C)  Any Employee who has not completed a six-
                         month Period of Service at the end of the
                         Plan Year;

                    (D)  Any Employee who normally works less than
                         171/2 hours per week;

                    (E)  Any Employee who normally works not more
                         than six months during a year; and

                    (F)  Any Employee who has not attained the age
                         of 21 at the end of the Plan Year.

               2.63 "Total Compensation" means "wages" as defined
                    in Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of
                    income tax withholding at the source, but
                    determined without regard to any rules that
                    limit the remuneration included in "wages"
                    based on the nature or location of the
                    employment or the services performed (such as
                    the exception for agricultural labor in Section
                    3401(a)(2) of the Code).  Total Compensation
                    shall be subject to the $150,000 limit
                    described in Section 2.17.

               2.64 "Total Compensation Plus Deferrals" means Total
                    Compensation as defined in the preceding
                    Section 2.63, but modified:

                    (A)  To include all amounts deferred but not
                         refunded under a cafeteria plan, as such
                         term is defined in Section 125(c) of the
                         Code, or under a plan, including this
                         Plan, qualified under Section 401(k) of
                         the Code; and

                    (B)  To include Total Compensation for each
                         Plan Year in excess of the $150,000 limit
                         described in Section 2.17 above.

               2.65 "Trust Agreement" means the trust agreement
                    between the Company and the Trustee,
                    established for the purpose of funding benefits
                    under the Plan, or any successor trust
                    agreement or agreements.

               2.66 "Trustee" means the trustee acting as such
                    pursuant to the Trust Agreement, or any
                    successor or successors.

               2.67 "Trust Fund" means all such money or other
                    property which is held by the Trustee, pursuant
                    to the terms of the Agreement.

               2.68 "Valuation Date" means the last business day of
                    each month.

               2.69 "Year of Service" means a Period of Service
                    equal to three hundred sixty-five (365) days of
                    service included in a Period of Service.


                                  ARTICLE 3
                                PARTICIPATION

               3.1  Plan Entry Date

                    (A)  An Employee other than a Leased Employee,
                         who was a Participant in the Prior Plan
                         immediately prior to the Effective Date
                         shall become a Participant in the Plan on
                         the Effective Date.

                    (B)  An Employee other than a Leased Employee
                         not described in subsection (A) shall
                         become a Participant in the Plan on the
                         first Participation Commencement Date
                         following the date on which he performs an
                         Hour of Service for an Employer; provided,
                         however that if such Participation
                         Commencement Date shall occur within a
                         period during which the Employee is absent
                         from service for any reason other than a
                         quit, discharge or retirement, then such
                         Employee shall become a Participant
                         retroactively as of such Participation
                         Commencement Date on the date he
                         subsequently performs an Hour of Service
                         for an Employer.  The foregoing
                         notwithstanding, an Employer which has
                         become an Affiliated Group member as the
                         result of a merger, acquisition,
                         consolidation or similar transaction with
                         the Company, may designate the
                         Participation Commencement Date as of
                         which any of its Employees, other than
                         Leased Employees, shall first commence
                         participation in the Plan.

               3.2  Rehired Employee

                    A Participant whose participation ceased
                    because of a separation from service and who
                    again becomes an Employee shall become eligible
                    to participate on his Reemployment Commencement
                    Date.  Deferred Salary Contributions and/or
                    After-Tax Contributions shall be made on behalf
                    of such Participant as soon as administratively
                    practicable after the Participant records the
                    appropriate elections with the Administrator.

               3.3  Loss of Participant Status

                    An Employee who becomes a Participant shall
                    continue to be a Participant in the Plan until
                    his entire plan benefit has been distributed,
                    whether or not he continues to make Deferred
                    Salary Contributions or After-Tax
                    Contributions.

               3.4  Suspension of Participation

                    A Participant who ceases to be an Employee but
                    remains an employee of an Employer shall be a
                    "suspended participant" and shall have his
                    participation suspended.  A suspended
                    participant shall not be entitled to make
                    After-Tax Contributions to the Plan, to have
                    Deferred Salary Contributions made on his
                    behalf to the Plan, or to receive an allocation
                    of Employer Contributions.  During the period
                    of suspension, the suspended participant's
                    service shall continue to be considered for
                    Plan vesting purposes and investment earnings
                    shall continue to accrue with respect to the
                    suspended participant's Account.

                    The suspension shall be removed and a suspended
                    participant shall again become eligible to
                    participate and elect to make Deferred Salary
                    Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions
                    when he again becomes an Employee by completing
                    a new Deferral Election and After-Tax
                    Contribution Election.


                                  ARTICLE 4
          DEFERRED SALARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS

               4.1  Deferred Salary Contributions

                    (A)  Subject to the limitations established by
                         this Article and Article 5, each
                         Participant who is not a Highly
                         Compensated Employee may elect to have his
                         Employer contribute from two percent (2%)
                         to ten percent (10%) of the Participant's
                         Compensation directly into the Plan
                         instead of paying such amount to the
                         Participant.  Contributions made in this
                         manner shall be called Deferred Salary
                         Contributions.   Subject to the
                         limitations established by this Article
                         and Article 5, each Participant who is a
                         Highly Compensated Employee may elect to
                         have his or her Employer contribute from
                         two percent (2%) to six percent (6%) of
                         such Participant's Compensation directly
                         into the Plan instead of paying such
                         amount to the Participant.  A
                         Participant's Deferred Salary
                         Contributions shall be credited to his
                         Deferred Salary Account. 

                    (B)  All Deferred Salary Contributions shall be
                         forwarded by the Employer to the Trustee
                         as soon as administratively practicable
                         after the contributions have been
                         withheld.  In no event shall Deferred
                         Salary Contributions be forwarded to the
                         Trustee later than ninety (90) days from
                         the date on which such amounts were
                         withheld and would have otherwise been
                         payable to the Participant as
                         Compensation.

                    (C)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
                         Participant's Deferred Salary
                         Contributions during any Plan Year (not
                         including any Deferred Salary
                         Contributions distributed to any
                         Participant for the Plan Year ending with
                         such calendar year pursuant to Section
                         12.1), together with any other elective
                         deferrals (within the meaning of Section
                         402(g)(3) of the Code) under all plans,
                         contracts or arrangements of the
                         Affiliated Group, shall exceed $9,240 (or
                         such larger amount as may be provided on
                         account of cost-of-living adjustments
                         pursuant to Sections 402(g)(5) and 415(d)
                         of the Code.  The limitation set by this
                         paragraph (C) applies on an individual
                         basis to all elective deferrals made by
                         each Participant during a year under this
                         or any other qualified plan.

                    (D)  It shall be the responsibility of each
                         Participant to coordinate his or her
                         salary deferrals as needed to meet this
                         limit in connection with any other plan or
                         plans.  The Company will not take account
                         of deferrals made to any other plan and,
                         except as required by law, no deferrals
                         made under this Plan will be returned
                         because the Participant's deferrals under
                         another plan caused his total deferrals
                         for a year to exceed the limit set forth
                         in subsection (C), above.

               4.2  Deferral Election

                    Each Participant may deliver to the
                    Administrator a Deferral Election in accordance
                    with procedures prescribed by the
                    Administrator, directing his Employer to reduce
                    his Compensation within the limits set forth in
                    Section 4.1.  Such election shall become
                    effective as of the date agreed upon between
                    the Administrator and the Participant, provided
                    that such date shall be subsequent to receipt
                    of the Deferral Election by the Administrator.

               4.3  Suspension of, or Change in, Deferral Election

                    (A)  Suspension.  A Participant may elect to
                         suspend all Deferred Salary Contributions
                         at any time by giving notice to the
                         Administrator in a manner prescribed for
                         that purpose by the Administrator.  Any
                         such election shall be effective as soon
                         as administratively practicable following
                         the date such notice is received by the
                         Administrator.

                         By giving the Administrator such advance
                         notice as may be prescribed by the
                         Administrator, a Participant who has
                         suspended all Deferred Salary
                         Contributions may resume such
                         contributions as of the first day of the
                         calendar quarter next following receipt of
                         such notice by the Administrator.

                    (B)  Change of Deferral Percentage.  A
                         Participant may elect to change the amount
                         of his Deferred Salary Contribution on any
                         January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1,
                         provided the Participant gives such prior
                         notice to the Administrator as may be
                         required by the Administrator in
                         accordance with procedures established by
                         the Administrator.  The new deferral
                         amount shall become effective as of the
                         January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1
                         following the expiration of the notice
                         period with respect to contributions made
                         subsequent to that January 1, April 1,
                         July 1 or October 1.

               4.4  Deferral Percentage Limitation

                    Subject to the special rules of Section 4.5 and
                    at such intervals as it shall deem proper, the
                    Administrator shall review each Participant's
                    Deferral Election in order to determine that
                    the Deferred Salary Contributions with respect
                    to all Participants satisfy one of the
                    following tests:

                    (A)  The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for
                         Participants who are Highly Compensated
                         Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                         exceed the Average Actual Deferral
                         Percentage for Participants who are
                         Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the
                         Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                    (B)  The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for
                         Participants who are Highly Compensated
                         Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                         exceed the Average Actual Deferral
                         Percentage for Participants who are
                         Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the
                         Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that
                         the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for
                         Participants who are Highly Compensated
                         Employees does not exceed the Average
                         Actual Deferral Percentage for
                         Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
                         Employees by more than 2 percentage
                         points.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                         the limit set forth in this subsection (B)
                         shall be adjusted in accordance with
                         Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 to
                         avoid duplicate use of the limit for any
                         Highly Compensated Employee.

               4.5  Special Rules on Deferral Percentage Limitation

                    (A)  For purposes of this Article, the Actual
                         Deferral Percentage for any Participant
                         who is a Highly Compensated Employee for
                         the Plan Year and who is eligible to have
                         Deferred Salary Contributions allocated to
                         his account under two or more plans or
                         arrangements described in Section 401(k)
                         of the Code that are maintained by the
                         Employer or an affiliated Employer shall
                         be determined as if all such Deferred
                         Salary Contributions were made under a
                         single arrangement.

                    (B)  For purposes of determining the Actual
                         Deferral Percentage of an Employee who is
                         a Highly Compensated Employee to the
                         extent provided in Code Section
                         414(q)(6)(A), the Deferred Salary
                         Contributions and Compensation of such
                         Employee shall include the Deferred Salary
                         Contributions and Compensation of Family
                         Members; and such Family Members shall be
                         disregarded in determining the Average
                         Actual Deferral Percentage for
                         Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
                         Employees.

                    (C)  The determination and treatment of the
                         Deferred Salary Contributions and Actual
                         Deferral Percentage of any Participant
                         shall satisfy such other requirements as
                         may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                         Treasury.

                    (D)  In the event that this Plan is aggregated
                         with one or more other plans in order to
                         satisfy the requirements of Code Sections
                         401(a), 401(k) or 410(b), then all such
                         aggregated plans, including the Plan,
                         shall be treated as a single plan for all
                         purposes under all such Code Sections
                         (except for purposes of the average
                         benefit percentage provisions in Code
                         Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii).

               4.6  Adjustment of Deferrals

                    In the event the Administrator determines that
                    one of the tests set forth in Section 4.4 is
                    not satisfied at the time of its review
                    hereunder, it may require that one or more
                    Participants adjust their Deferral Election for
                    the next and subsequent payroll periods, in
                    order that the test set forth in Section 4.4(A)
                    or (B) is thereafter satisfied.  In addition,
                    Article 12 shall apply if, at the end of the
                    Plan Year, a test in Section 4.4(A) or (B)
                    above is not satisfied.

               4.7  After-Tax Contributions

                    (A)  Subject to the limitations set forth in
                         Sections 5.3 and 5.5, each Participant who
                         is not a Highly Compensated Employee may
                         contribute from two percent (2%) to ten
                         percent (10%) of the Participant's
                         Compensation to the Plan as After-Tax
                         Contributions.  A Participant's After-Tax
                         Contributions shall be credited to his
                         After-Tax Contributions Account.  Subject
                         to the limitations set forth in Sections
                         5.3 and 5.5, each Participant who is a
                         Highly Compensated Employee may contribute
                         from two percent (2%) to six percent (6%)
                         of such Participant's Compensation to the
                         Plan as After-Tax Contributions. 

                    (B)  All After-Tax Contributions shall be
                         forwarded by the Employer to the Trustee
                         as soon as administratively practicable
                         but in no even later than ninety (90) days
                         from the date on which such amounts were
                         withheld and would have otherwise been
                         payable to the Participant as
                         Compensation.

               4.8  After-Tax Contribution Election

                    Each Participant may make an After-Tax
                    Contribution Election in accordance with
                    procedures prescribed by the Administrator
                    directing his Employer to withhold After-Tax
                    Contributions from the Participant's
                    Compensation within the limits set forth in
                    Section 4.7(A).  Such election shall become
                    effective as of a date agreed upon between the
                    Administrator and the Participant, provided
                    that such date shall be subsequent to the
                    receipt of the election by the Administrator.

               4.9  Suspension of, or Change in, After-Tax
                    Contributions

                    (A)  A Participant may elect to suspend After-
                         Tax Contributions at any time by giving
                         notice to the Administrator in accordance
                         with the procedures established for that
                         purpose by the Administrator.  Any such
                         election shall be effective as soon as
                         administratively practicable following the
                         date such notice is received by the
                         Administrator.  By giving the
                         Administrator such advance notice as the
                         Administrator may require, a Participant
                         who has suspended all After-Tax
                         Contributions may resume After-Tax
                         Contributions as of the first day of the
                         calendar quarter next following receipt of
                         such notice by the Administrator.

                    (B)  A Participant may elect to change the
                         amount of his After-Tax Contributions on
                         any January 1, April 1, July 1, or
                         October 1, provided the Participant gives
                         such advance notice as the Administrator
                         may require in accordance with procedures
                         established by the Administrator.  The new
                         contribution amount shall become effective
                         as of the January 1, April 1, July 1, or
                         October 1 following the expiration of the
                         notice period with respect to
                         contributions made subsequent to that
                         January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.


                                  ARTICLE 5
                            EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

               5.1  Employer Discretionary Contributions

                    (A)  Employer Discretionary Contributions, if
                         any, for each Plan Year shall be made in
                         such amounts (or under such formula) as
                         each Employer shall determine annually in
                         its discretion; provided, however, that
                         such Employer Discretionary Contributions
                         shall not be made for any Plan Year in
                         amounts which cannot be allocated to any
                         Participant's Account by reason of the
                         limitation described in Sections 5.5 and
                         5.6.

                    (B)  All Employer Discretionary Contributions
                         shall be invested in accordance with the
                         provisions of Article 6 and shall be made
                         in cash or FHC Stock or a combination of
                         cash and FHC Stock.  

                    (C)  Subject to the limitations otherwise
                         contained in this Article, Employer
                         Discretionary Contributions made pursuant
                         to this Section shall be allocated to the
                         Employer Account of each Participant who
                         is an Employee of the Employer on the last
                         business day of the Plan Year.  A
                         Participant who has a Severance From
                         Service Date during the Plan Year because
                         of death or retirement on a Retirement
                         Date shall be deemed to be an Employee on
                         the last business day of the Plan Year. 
                         If Employer Discretionary Contributions
                         are made in FHC Stock, FHC Stock shall be
                         valued at the last-transaction price on
                         the New York Stock Exchange (or such other
                         national securities exchange on which the
                         Company's stock is primarily trading) and
                         reported by The Wall Street Journal with
                         respect to the date as of which Employer
                         Discretionary Contributions are allocated
                         to Employer Accounts under this Section. 
                         If the Valuation Date falls on other than
                         a trading day, FHC Stock shall be valued
                         as of the most recent trading day
                         preceding the Valuation Date.

                    (D)  Employer Discretionary Contributions made
                         pursuant to this Section shall be
                         allocated in the manner designated by the
                         Employer at the time such contribution is
                         made; provided, however, that such manner
                         of allocation does not discriminate in
                         favor of Participants who are Highly
                         Compensated Employees.  It is the
                         intention of the Company and the other
                         Employers that Employer Discretionary
                         Contributions be allocated either (i) to
                         all Participants of the Employer in the
                         proportion that the Compensation of each
                         such Participant for the Plan Year bears
                         to the total Compensation of all of such
                         Participants for such Plan Year, or
                         (ii) as Qualified Nonelective
                         Contributions or Qualified Matching
                         Contributions to be allocated only to
                         certain Nonhighly Compensated Employees as
                         designated by the Employer for the purpose
                         of ensuring that the Plan satisfies the
                         deferral percentage and contribution
                         percentage limitations described in
                         Sections 4.4 and 5.3.  If no allocation
                         method is specified at the time of
                         contribution, Qualified Nonelective
                         Contributions and Qualified Matching
                         Contributions will be allocated to
                         Nonhighly Compensated Employees based upon
                         Compensation in accordance with Section
                         5.1(D)(i) above.

               5.2  Employer Matching Contributions

                    (A)  For each calendar month, each Employer may
                         make an Employer Matching Contribution to
                         the Plan.  The amount of an Employer's
                         Matching Contribution for a calendar month
                         shall be equal to:

                         (1)  The Employer's Matching Rate
                              multiplied by the aggregate of the
                              Deferred Salary Contributions and/or
                              After-Tax Contributions (as limited
                              by Section 5.3) made for such month
                              by all Participants employed by the
                              Employer during such month; less

                         (2)  Any forfeiture from Employer Accounts
                              attributable to former Employees of
                              the Employer.

                         Monthly Deferred Salary Contributions
                         and/or After-Tax Contributions on behalf
                         of each Participant in excess of 6% of his
                         or her Compensation for such month shall
                         be disregarded.

                         For purposes of this Paragraph (A) of this
                         Section 5.2, the 'Matching Rate' means a
                         percentage from 0% to 100%, as determined
                         by each Employer for a Plan Year or for
                         the balance of a Plan Year.  An Employer's
                         Matching Rate shall remain in effect until
                         changed by the Employer to another
                         permissible rate.

               5.3  Percentage Limitation on Employer Matching
                    Contributions and After-Tax Contributions

                    At such intervals as it shall deem proper, the
                    Administrator shall review the Employer
                    Matching Contributions made for Participants in
                    order to determine that such Employer Matching
                    Contributions and After-Tax Contributions, with
                    respect to all Participants, satisfy one of the
                    following tests:

                    (A)  The Average Contribution Percentage for
                         Participants who are Highly Compensated
                         Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                         exceed the Average Contribution Percentage
                         for Participants who are Nonhighly
                         Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                         multiplied by 1.25; or

                    (B)  The Average Contribution Percentage for
                         Participants who are Highly Compensated
                         Employees for the Plan Year shall not
                         exceed the Average Contribution Percentage
                         for Participants who are Nonhighly
                         Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                         multiplied by 2, provided that the Average
                         Contribution Percentage for Participants
                         who are Highly Compensated Employees does
                         not exceed the Average Contribution
                         Percentage for Participants who are
                         Nonhighly Compensated Employees by more
                         than 2 percentage points.  Notwithstanding
                         the foregoing, the limit set forth in this
                         subsection (B) shall be adjusted in
                         accordance with Treasury Regulation
                         Section 1.401(m)-2 to avoid duplicate use
                         of the limit for any Highly Compensated
                         Employee.

               5.4  Special Rules for Contribution Percentage Limit
                    Testing

                    (A)  For purposes of this Article, the
                         Contribution Percentage for any
                         Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                         Employee for the Plan Year and who is
                         eligible to make After-Tax Contributions
                         or to receive Employer Matching
                         Contributions allocated to his Account
                         under two or more plans described in
                         Section 401(a) of the Code that are
                         maintained by the Employer shall be
                         determined as if all such After-Tax
                         Contributions and Employer Matching
                         Contributions were made under a single
                         plan.

                    (B)  In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                         requirements of Section 410(b) of the Code
                         only if aggregated with one or more other
                         plans, or if one or more other plans
                         satisfy the requirements of Section 410(b)
                         of the Code only if aggregated with this
                         Plan, then this Article shall be applied
                         by determining the Contribution
                         Percentages of Participants as if all such
                         plans were a single plan.

                    (C)  For purposes of determining the
                         Contribution Percentage of a Participant
                         who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
                         After-Tax Contributions, Employer Matching
                         Contributions and Compensation of such
                         Participant shall include the After-Tax
                         Contributions, Employer Matching
                         Contribution and Compensation of Family
                         Members, and such Family Members shall be
                         disregarded in determining the
                         Contribution Percentage for Participants
                         who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.

                    (D)  The determination and treatment of the
                         Contribution Percentage of any Participant
                         shall satisfy such other requirements as
                         may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                         Treasury.

               5.5  Overall Limitation on Annual Additions

                    Any other provision of this Plan
                    notwithstanding, in no event shall the Annual
                    Additions allocated to a Participant for any
                    Limitation Year exceed the lesser of:

                    (A)  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the
                         Participant's Total Compensation for the
                         Limitation Year; or

                    (B)  Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) (or, if
                         greater, 1/4 of the amount in effect under
                         Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such
                         Limitation Year.)

                    The compensation limitation referred to in
                    Paragraph (A) shall not apply to:

                         (1)  Any contribution for medical benefits
                              (within the meaning of Section
                              (A)(f)(2) of the Code) after
                              separation from service which is
                              otherwise treated as an Annual
                              Addition, or 

                         (2)  Any amount otherwise treated as an
                              Annual Addition under Section
                              415(l)(1) of the Code.

                    If a Participant's Annual Additions would
                    exceed the foregoing limitation, then such
                    Annual Additions shall be reduced in the order
                    in which they are listed in Section 5.7(a).  If
                    a Participant's Annual Additions would exceed
                    the foregoing limitation as a result of a
                    reasonable error in estimating a Participant's
                    Total Compensation or under other limited facts
                    and circumstances which the Commissioner of
                    Internal Revenue finds justifies this method of
                    allocation, the excess amount shall be withheld
                    or taken from a Participant's Account and held
                    in a suspense account to be used to reduce
                    future contributions for the Participant (or,
                    if the Participant ceases to be an Employee,
                    for remaining active Participants) in
                    succeeding Limitation Years, as necessary.

               5.6  Special Rules

                    (A)  Participation in Other Defined
                         Contribution Plan.  The limitation of
                         Section 5.5 and 5.6 with respect to any
                         Participant who at any time has
                         participated in any other qualified
                         defined contribution plan (as defined in
                         Section 3(34) of ERISA and Section 414(i)
                         of the Code) maintained by the Company
                         shall apply as if the total contributions
                         allocated under all such defined
                         contribution plans in which the
                         Participant has participated were
                         allocated under one plan.

                    (B)  Participation in This Plan and a Defined
                         Benefit Plan.  If a Participant has at any
                         time been a participant in a qualified
                         defined benefit plan (as defined in
                         Section 3(35) of ERISA and Section 414(j)
                         of the Code) and that is not part of a
                         floor-offset arrangement (as defined in
                         Section 414(k) of the Code) maintained by
                         the Company, the sum of the Participant's
                         Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined
                         Contribution Plan Fraction for any year
                         shall not exceed one (1).

                         In the event said sum of the Defined
                         Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined
                         Contribution Plan Fraction would otherwise
                         exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year, the
                         projected annual retirement income benefit
                         under the Company-sponsored defined
                         benefit plan shall be limited, to the
                         extent necessary, to reduce said Defined
                         Benefit Plan Fraction so that the sum of
                         the two fractions hereunder does not
                         exceed the foregoing 1.0 limitation.

                         For purposes of the foregoing paragraph
                         only:

                         (1)  The "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction"
                              for any Limitation Year is a
                              fraction, the numerator of which is
                              the Participant's projected annual
                              retirement income benefit under all
                              defined benefit plans, maintained by
                              the Company determined as of the end
                              of the Limitation Year, and the
                              denominator of which is the lesser
                              of:

                              (a)  The product of 1.25 multiplied
                                   by the dollar limitation in
                                   effect under Code Section
                                   415(b)(1)(A) for the Limitation
                                   Year; or

                              (b)  The product of 1.4 multiplied by
                                   one hundred percent (100%) of
                                   the Participant's average Total
                                   Compensation for the three (3)
                                   consecutive calendar years
                                   during which his Total
                                   Compensation was the highest.

                         (2)  The "Defined Contribution Plan
                              Fraction" for any Limitation Year is
                              a fraction, the numerator of which is
                              the sum of the Annual Additions to
                              the accounts of the Participant in
                              all defined contribution plans
                              maintained by the Company (as of the
                              end of the Limitation Year) for the
                              Limitation Year and all preceding
                              Limitation Years, and the denominator
                              of which is the sum of the lesser of
                              the following amounts, determined for
                              such Limitation Year and for each
                              prior Limitation Year of service with
                              the Company:

                              (a)  The product of 1.25 multiplied
                                   by $30,000 (as adjusted pursuant
                                   to Section 415(d)(1)(B)); or

                              (b)  The product of 1.4 multiplied by
                                   twenty-five percent (25%) of the
                                   Participant's Total Compensation
                                   for such Limitation Year.

                    (C)  Adjustment of Limitation for Years of
                         Service or Participation

                         (1)  In the case of a Participant who has
                              completed less than ten years of
                              participation in any Company-
                              sponsored defined benefit plans, the
                              limitation set forth in Section
                              5.6(B)(1)(a) shall be adjusted by
                              multiplying such amount by a
                              fraction, the numerator of which is
                              the Participant's number of years (or
                              part thereof) of participation in
                              Company-sponsored defined benefit
                              plans and the denominator of which is
                              ten.

                         (2)  If a Participant has completed less
                              than ten years of service with the
                              Company, the limitation set forth in
                              Section 5.6(B)(1)(b) shall be
                              adjusted by multiplying such amount
                              by a fraction, the numerator of which
                              is the Participant's number of years
                              of service (or part thereof) and the
                              denominator of which is ten.

               5.7  Definitions

                    For purposes of Sections 5.5 and 5.6, the
                    following definitions shall apply:

                    (A)  "Annual Addition" shall mean the amount
                         allocated to a Participant's Account
                         during the Limitation Year that
                         constitutes:

                         (1)  Deferred Salary Contributions,

                         (2)  After-Tax Contributions,

                         (3)  Employer Contributions,

                         (4)  voluntary contributions (if any)

                         (5)  forfeitures, and

                         (6)  amounts described in Section
                              415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                         Rollover Contributions shall not be
                         included in Annual Additions.

                    (B)  "Company" shall include any other employer
                         or employers (whether or not incorporated)
                         which together with the Employers adopting
                         the Plan are under common control as
                         members of the same controlled group of
                         corporations or affiliated service group
                         as determined under Sections 414(b), (c)
                         or (m) of the Code, as modified by Section
                         415(h), but only for the period during
                         which such relationship exits.

                    (C)  "Limitation Year" shall mean the Plan
                         Year.

               5.8  Reversion of Employer Contributions

                    Except as provided in the following
                    paragraphs (A), (B), and (C), the assets of the
                    Plan shall never inure to the benefit of any
                    Employer, and shall be held for the exclusive
                    purposes of providing benefits to Participants
                    and/or their Beneficiaries, and for defraying
                    the expenses of administering the Plan.

                    (A)  In the case of an Employer Contribution
                         which is made by virtue of a mistake of
                         fact, such contribution shall be returned
                         to the Employer within one (1) year after
                         the payment of the contribution.

                    (B)  Employer Contributions are conditioned
                         upon the deductibility of the contribution
                         under Section 404 of the Code, or any
                         successor provision thereto and to the
                         extent the deduction of such Employer
                         Contribution is disallowed such Employer
                         Contribution (to the extent disallowed),
                         shall be returned to the Employer within
                         one (1) year after such disallowance of
                         the deduction.

               5.9  Timing of Employer Contributions

                    The Employer shall forward Employer
                    Discretionary Contributions and Employer
                    Matching Contributions to the Trustee for
                    investment in the Trust Fund at such times as
                    the Employer shall determine, but not later
                    than the time prescribed by law for filing the
                    Employer's Federal income tax return for the
                    Plan Year plus extensions.


                                  ARTICLE 6
                            PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

               6.1  Separate Accounts

                    The Administrator shall maintain or cause to be
                    maintained separate Accounts for each
                    Participant which shall consist of his Deferred
                    Salary Account, After-Tax Contributions
                    Account, Rollover Account and Employer Account. 
                    To the extent necessary or appropriate, the
                    Administrator may also maintain, or cause to be
                    maintained, on behalf of each Participant, a
                    separate accounting as to Employer
                    Discretionary Contributions and Employer
                    Matching Contributions contributed to the
                    Employer Account, the earnings and losses
                    thereon and expenses attributable thereto.

               6.2  Valuation of Funds

                    There shall be determined as of each Valuation
                    Date, but prior to crediting of contributions
                    made by each Employer and Employee since the
                    preceding Valuation Date, the fair market value
                    of all assets of each of the Investment Funds
                    maintained pursuant to Article 7.  The fair
                    market value of FHC Stock shall be the last
                    transaction price on the New York Stock
                    Exchange and reported by The Wall Street
                    Journal with respect to the Valuation Date.  If
                    the Valuation Date falls on other than a
                    trading day, FHC Stock shall be valued as of
                    the most recent trading day preceding the
                    Valuation Date.  Such valuation shall be
                    determined in accordance with the principles of
                    Section 3(26) of ERISA and shall give effect to
                    brokerage fees, transfer taxes, contributions,
                    earnings, gains and losses, forfeitures,
                    expenses, disbursements, and all other
                    transactions during the valuation period since
                    the preceding Valuation Date.

                    In making such determinations and in crediting
                    net appreciation or depreciation to the
                    Participant's Accounts, the Administrator may
                    employ such accounting methods as the
                    Administrator may deem appropriate in order to
                    fairly reflect the fair market values of the
                    Investment Funds and each Participant's
                    Account.  For this purpose the Administrator
                    may rely upon information provided by the
                    Trustee, the investment manager, or other
                    persons believed by the Administrator to be
                    competent.

               6.3  Investment of Contributions

                    A Participant shall make an investment election
                    which shall cover his Deferred Salary
                    Contributions, After-Tax Contributions,
                    Rollover Contributions and Employer
                    Contributions.  The investment election shall
                    be made in such minimum percentages as may be
                    established by the Company from time to time to
                    be invested in one or more of the Investment
                    Funds available under the Plan.  Any investment
                    election made by a Participant shall be a
                    continuing direction until changed in
                    accordance with procedures established by the
                    Company.

                    Each Participant is solely responsible for the
                    selection of his investment options.  The
                    Trustee, the Administrator, the Employer and
                    the officers, supervisors and other employees
                    of the Employer are not empowered to advise a
                    Participant as to the manner in which his
                    Account shall be invested.  The fact that an
                    Investment Fund is available to a Participant
                    for investment under the Plan shall not be
                    construed as a recommendation for investment in
                    that Investment Fund.  In the event no election
                    is made by a Participant, amounts subject to
                    his election will be invested by the
                    Administrator in a money market fund or such
                    other offered fund which shall provide the most
                    safety for purposes of the protection of
                    principal.

               6.4  Change of Investment Election

                    A Participant may change his investment
                    directions as to his Account Balances among and
                    between the Investment Funds offered under the
                    Plan in accordance with procedures established
                    by the Company from time to time.

               6.5  Restrictions on Investment Elections of Certain
                    Participants

                    Any investment elections relating to FHC Stock
                    that are made by Participants who are officers,
                    directors or ten percent shareholders of the
                    Company for purposes of Section 16(b) of the
                    Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be
                    subject to such restrictions as the Company may
                    establish to enable such Participants and the
                    Plan to comply with, or qualify for an
                    exemption from, the restrictions of
                    Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of
                    1934.

               6.6  Statements

                    At least once annually the Administrator shall
                    cause to be furnished to each Participant a
                    statement showing the status of his Accounts as
                    of the most recent Valuation Date and
                    containing such other information as the
                    Administrator shall determine.


                                  ARTICLE 7
                             INVESTMENT OF FUNDS

               7.1  Trust Agreement

                    (A)  The Company shall enter into a Trust
                         Agreement which shall be a part of the
                         Plan.  All contributions made pursuant to
                         the provisions of the Plan shall be paid
                         into the Investment Funds maintained
                         pursuant to the Plan and the Trust
                         Agreement.  All such payments and
                         increments thereon shall be held and
                         disbursed in accordance with the
                         provisions of the Plan and Trust
                         Agreement, as each shall be applicable
                         under the circumstances.  No person shall
                         have any interest in, or right to, any
                         part of the funds so held in the Trust
                         Fund, except as expressly provided in the
                         Plan or Trust Agreement.

                    (B)  The Trustee shall have the exclusive
                         authority and discretion to invest, manage
                         and control the assets of the Plan, except
                         to the extent that Participants have been
                         given authority to direct the investment
                         of their Accounts pursuant to Article 6
                         and Sections 15.11 and 15.12 and to the
                         extent the Company has allocated the
                         authority to manage Plan assets to one or
                         more investment managers (within the
                         meaning of Section 3(38) of ERISA).  Any
                         investment manager appointed by the
                         Company shall have the exclusive authority
                         to manage, including the power to direct
                         the acquisition and disposition of, the
                         Plan assets assigned to it by the Company. 
                         The Trustee may invest funds received in a
                         temporary investment fund, or any other
                         fund selected by the Trustee, until such
                         time as he is directed to invest such
                         funds by the investment manager(s), if
                         any.

                    (C)  From time to time, the Company shall
                         estimate the Plan benefits and
                         administrative expenses to be paid out of
                         the Trust Fund during the period for which
                         the estimate is made and shall estimate
                         the contributions to be made to the Plan
                         during such period by Participants and by
                         participating Employers.  The Company
                         shall inform the Trustee of the estimated
                         cash needs of the Plan for each period
                         with respect to which such estimates are
                         made.  Such estimates shall be made on an
                         annual, quarterly, monthly or other basis,
                         as the Company shall determine.

               7.2  Trust Fund

                    The Trust Fund shall be comprised of one or
                    more Investment Funds, as determined from time
                    to time by the Company, including (without
                    limitation), the FHC Stock Fund.  Such
                    Investment Funds may be evidenced by
                    appropriate bookkeeping entries or by a
                    physical segregation of assets.  At its
                    discretion, and in a nondiscriminatory manner,
                    the Company may change or eliminate one or more
                    of the Investment Funds offered under the Plan.

               7.3  Independent Qualified Public Accountant

                    The Company shall engage an independent
                    qualified public accountant to conduct such
                    examinations and to render such opinions as may
                    be required by Section 103(a)(3) of ERISA.  The
                    Company in its discretion may remove and
                    discharge the person so engaged, but in such
                    case it shall first appoint a successor
                    independent qualified public accountant to
                    perform such examinations and render such
                    opinions.


                                  ARTICLE 8
                             BENEFIT ELECTION AND
                      BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION PROCEDURES

               8.1  Elections as to Form of Distribution

                    (A)  The Participant's election of an optional
                         form of distribution under Section 9.2
                         shall be made on the prescribed form and
                         filed with the Administrator.  Such
                         election may be made only during an
                         election period consisting of the 90
                         consecutive days ending on the
                         Participant's Annuity Starting Date.  A
                         Participant may revoke any election of an
                         optional form of distribution (without the
                         consent of the Administrator) at any time
                         prior to the end of such election period. 
                         If the Participant, having revoked a prior
                         election, does not make another election
                         within such election period, then his or
                         her Account Balance shall be distributed
                         in the form specified in Section 9.1.

                    (B)  Any election involving a waiver of the
                         Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form
                         of benefit shall not take effect unless
                         the Participant's Spouse consents in
                         writing to the election during such
                         election period.  The Spouse's consent
                         shall (i) acknowledge the effect of the
                         Participant's election, (ii) designate a
                         form of benefits or a Beneficiary which
                         may not be changed without spousal consent
                         (or the consent of the Spouse must
                         expressly permit designations by the
                         Participant without further requirement of
                         consent by the Spouse), and (iii) shall be
                         witnessed by a notary public or, if
                         permitted by the Company, by a
                         representative of the Plan.  Any consent
                         under this Section shall be valid only
                         with respect to the Spouse who signs the
                         consent.  An election made by a
                         Participant and consented to by the Spouse
                         may be revoked by the Participant, in
                         writing, without the consent of the
                         Spouse, anytime prior to the Participant's
                         Annuity Starting Date.  Any new election
                         must comply with the requirements of this
                         Section.

                         The Spouse's consent shall not be required
                         if the Participant (a) establishes to the
                         Company's satisfaction that the Spouse's
                         consent cannot be obtained because the
                         Spouse cannot be located or because of
                         other reasons deemed acceptable under
                         applicable regulations and (b) agrees in
                         writing that if the Company is compelled
                         by a court of competent jurisdiction or
                         other authority to pay all or any portion
                         of the Participant's Account Balance to or
                         on behalf of such Spouse, the Participant
                         will indemnify the Company by paying to
                         the Company, upon written demand, an
                         amount equal to such payment, together
                         with reasonable attorneys' fees and
                         expenses.

               8.2  Information on Form of Distribution

                    (A)  Notice of Distribution.  The Administrator
                         shall provide each Participant eligible to
                         receive benefits under the Plan a general
                         notice of distribution no less than thirty
                         (30) and no more than ninety (90) days
                         before the Participant's Annuity Starting
                         Date.  The notice must be in writing and
                         contain an explanation of the eligibility
                         requirements for, the material features
                         of, and sufficient additional information
                         to explain the relative values of, the
                         optional forms of benefit available under
                         the Plan.  If the Participant is married
                         at the time he receives the general
                         notice, the notice shall also include a
                         description in non-technical language of
                         the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
                         the circumstances in which it will be
                         provided unless a contrary election is
                         made, the availability of an election not
                         to receive benefits in the form of the
                         Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the
                         ability to revoke the election and the
                         financial effect of an election (or
                         revocation of an election) not to receive
                         benefits in the form of the Joint and
                         Survivor Annuity and the rights of the
                         Participant's Spouse with respect to the
                         Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                    (B)  Election of Optional Benefit Form.  Upon
                         receipt of the general notice of
                         distribution, a Participant may elect to
                         receive his benefits in an optional form. 
                         The election shall be made only during an
                         election period consisting of the
                         90 consecutive days ending on the
                         Participant's Annuity Starting Date, or,
                         if the Participant makes a timely request
                         for additional information, at least sixty
                         (60) days following the date such specific
                         information is furnished to the
                         Participant.  Benefit payments shall be
                         delayed if necessary to provide the full
                         election period.  Any election made under
                         this paragraph may be revoked in writing
                         during the election period, and after the
                         election has been revoked, another
                         election may be made during the election
                         period.

               8.3  Designation of Beneficiary for Death Benefit

                    (A)  Each Participant may, at or after the time
                         he becomes a Participant, designate one or
                         more persons as a Beneficiary upon death. 
                         If more than one Beneficiary is named, the
                         Participant may specify the sequence
                         and/or proportion in which payments shall
                         be made to each Beneficiary.  The
                         designation shall be made on the form and
                         in a manner prescribed by the
                         Administrator and shall become effective
                         when filed with the Administrator.  A
                         Participant may, from time to time, change
                         his Beneficiary by filing a new
                         designation form with the Administrator. 
                         Any designation or change in designation
                         shall be effective only if the Participant
                         designates his current Spouse as the
                         Beneficiary, or, if the Participant
                         designates someone other than the Spouse,
                         such Spouse consents in writing to the
                         designation in a manner consistent with
                         the spousal consent rules described in
                         Section 8.1.  Prior to the death of the
                         Participant, no designated Beneficiary
                         shall acquire any interest in any
                         Participant's Account Balance and no
                         designation shall be effective unless the
                         Administrator receives such designation
                         before the Participant's death.

                    (B)  Should the Participant designate a person
                         other than (or in addition to) his Spouse
                         as Beneficiary and not obtain the Spouse's
                         consent to such designation, then any
                         benefits payable under the Plan upon the
                         Participant's death shall be paid to the
                         Surviving Spouse unless the Surviving
                         Spouse then consents to such other or
                         additional designation in a manner
                         consistent with Section 8.1.

                    (C)  Should the Participant die without having
                         any effectively-designated surviving
                         Beneficiary and if there is no surviving
                         Spouse, then the Beneficiary shall be the
                         Participant's then living children, if
                         any, in equal shares.  If the Participant
                         has neither Spouse nor children living at
                         the time payment is to be made, then the
                         estate of the Participant shall be the
                         Beneficiary.

                    (D)  If there is doubt as to the right of any
                         Beneficiary to receive any amount, the
                         Trustee, on instructions of the
                         Administrator, may retain such amount
                         until the rights thereto are determined,
                         or it may pay such amount into any court
                         of appropriate jurisdiction, in either of
                         which events neither the Plan, Employer,
                         Administrator or Trustee shall be under
                         any other liability to any person in
                         respect of such amount.

                    (E)  The death of any individual Beneficiary
                         prior to the death of the Participant
                         shall void the designation as to such
                         Beneficiary, but in the event of the death
                         of any Beneficiary, subsequent to the
                         death of the Participant, the right to
                         receive amounts included in the
                         designation shall (unless the Participant
                         shall otherwise have instructed the
                         Administrator in writing) pass under such
                         Beneficiary's will, or by the laws of
                         descent and distribution applicable to
                         such Beneficiary.

                    (F)  The marriage of a Participant shall void the
                         designation of a Benefi- ciary, and any death
                         benefits shall be subject to distribution in
                         accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6. 
                         If the Participant shall again become an
                         unmarried Participant, through divorce or
                         death of a Spouse, the Participant shall again
                         be entitled to make a Beneficiary designation
                         pursuant to this Section.

               8.4  Information on Death Benefits

                    The Administrator shall provide to each Married
                    Participant a written expla- nation of the
                    Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity described
                    in Section 9.6 comparable to the information on
                    distribution options described in Section 8.2. 
                    Such explanation shall be provided within whichever
                    of the following periods ends last:

                    (A)  The three-year period beginning with the first
                         day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                         attains age 32;

                    (B)  The three-year period beginning with the first
                         day of the first Plan Year for which the
                         individual is a Participant; or

                    (C)  In the case of a Participant who ceases to be
                         an Employee before attaining age 35, the two-
                         year period beginning one year before the
                         Participant ceases to be an Employee and
                         ending one year after the Participant ceases
                         to be an Employee provided, however, that if
                         the individual again becomes an Employee, the
                         explanation shall be provided in accordance
                         with subsection (A) or (B), above.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                             DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

               9.1  Time of Distribution:  General Rule

                    Subject to Sections 9.2 and 9.3, a Participant's
                    vested Account Balance shall be distributed to him
                    or her on or about the date that he or she has
                    elected.  Within the 60-day period commencing
                    90 days before the Annuity Starting Date, the
                    Company shall provide to each Participant the
                    written explanation of his or her distribution
                    options (including his or her right to defer
                    receipt of the distribution) described in
                    Article 8.  The distribution election shall be made
                    in writing on the prescribed form, which shall be
                    signed by the Participant and filed with the
                    Company after he or she has received such
                    explanation.  Where applicable, the distribution
                    election form shall include the written consent of
                    the Participant to the distribution of his or her
                    Plan Benefit before he or she attains age 65.

               9.2  Earliest Time of Distribution

                    Except as required by Section 9.3, a Participant's
                    vested Account Balance shall not be distributed to
                    him or her prior to the later of:

                    (A)  The date when the Participant ceases to
                         be an Employee;
               or

                    (B)  The date when the Company receives a
                         completed distribution election form (as
                         described in Section 9.1).

               9.3  Latest Time of Distribution

                    If a Participant's Severance From Service Date
                    occurs prior to his Normal Retirement Date, he may
                    elect to receive his vested Account Balance at any
                    time following his Severance From Service Date but
                    no later than sixty days following his attainment
                    of the Normal Retirement Age under the Plan.  If
                    an Employee continues to provides services for an
                    Employer beyond Normal Retirement Age, he may
                    elect to defer the receipt of his vested Account
                    Balance beyond his Normal Retirement Date, but in
                    no event shall such a Participant's vested Account
                    Balance be distributed to him or her after the
                    April 1 next following the close of the calendar
                    year in which the Participant attains age 701/2
                    (whether or not the Participant ceased to be an
                    Employee).  If a Participant's vested Account
                    Balance is (or at the time of any prior
                    distribution was) greater than $3,500, but such
                    Participant (and the Spouse if the Participant is
                    a Married Participant) fails to consent to a
                    distribution, the Participant's Account Balance
                    shall be retained in the Plan until distributed
                    pursuant to this Article no later than sixty (60)
                    days following the Participant's attainment of his
                    Normal Retirement Age under the Plan.  If the
                    Participant fails to file a timely distribution
                    election form, Article 15.5 (relating to unlocated
                    Plan Participants) may apply.

               9.4  Normal Form of Benefit

                    Subject to Article 8 and Section 9.4, and unless a
                    Participant has elected an alternate method of
                    distribution pursuant to Section 9.2,
                    distributions of a Participant's vested Account
                    Balance shall be made in the form of an annuity to
                    be purchased from an insurance company in
                    accordance with specifications contained in the
                    Participant's retirement or distribution request. 
                    In the case of a Married Participant the annuity
                    shall be in the form of a fifty percent (50%)
                    Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  The amount
                    used to purchase such annuity shall be the
                    Participant's vested Account Balance as of the
                    most recent practicable Valuation Date preceding
                    his Annuity Starting Date.

               9.5  Optional Forms of Benefit

                    In lieu of the method of payment described in
                    Section 9.1, a Participant may (subject to the
                    election procedures described in Article 8) elect,
                    by written notice delivered to the Administrator
                    and signed by the Participant prior to the date on
                    which benefit payments would commence, to have his
                    vested Account Balance distributed in one of the
                    optional forms described in this Section.

                    (A)  Lump Sum Option:  The Participant's vested
                         Account Balance shall be determined as of the
                         most recent practicable Valuation Date
                         preceding the date the Participant's
                         distribution is to be made in the form of a
                         single lump sum in cash.

                    (B)  Installment Option:  The Participant's vested
                         Account Balance shall be distributed to the
                         Participant in cash payments in quarterly,
                         semiannual or annual installments of
                         substantially nonincreasing designated
                         amounts over a period of years certain.

                         If a Participant elects the installment
                         option, during the installment period, the
                         remaining Account Balance shall be credited
                         with a share of gains, losses, income and
                         expenses of the Trust Fund in accordance with
                         Articles 6 and 7, and the investment election
                         procedure described in Section 6.3 shall
                         remain available to Participants receiving
                         installment distributions.

               9.6  Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity

                    If a Participant dies prior to the commencement of
                    payment of benefits under the Plan, the Surviving
                    Spouse shall receive a survivor annuity for the
                    life of the Surviving Spouse that can be purchased
                    with the Participant's Account Balance unless the
                    Participant waives the Qualified Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor Annuity, with spousal consent.  The
                    Surviving Spouse may elect to receive a single
                    lump sum payment equal to the Participant's
                    Account Balance in lieu of the survivor annuity. 
                    A Participant may waive the Qualified Pre-
                    Retirement Survivor Annuity with spousal consent
                    on or after the first day of the Plan Year in
                    which the Participant attains age 35.  A
                    Participant may waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor Annuity prior to age 35, with spousal
                    consent, provided that the Participant has
                    received the information set forth in Section 8.4
                    prior to his waiver, and provided further that
                    such waiver shall become invalid upon the
                    beginning of the Plan Year in which the
                    Participant's 35th birthday occurs.  If there is
                    no new waiver after such date, the Participant's
                    Surviving Spouse must receive the Qualified Pre-
                    Retirement Survivor Annuity upon the Participant's
                    death.

                    Any Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
                    payable hereunder shall be provided by purchasing
                    an annuity from a duly licensed insurance company. 
                    Upon purchase of such annuity in accordance with
                    the terms of the Plan and transfer to the
                    Participant or his Surviving Spouse, the Plan and
                    the Trust Fund shall be discharged of all
                    liability for benefits payable under the Plan, and
                    the Participant and/or Surviving Spouse shall look
                    solely to the insurance company for the payment of
                    benefits.

                    Except as provided in Section 9.7, the
                    distribution of a Participant's vested Account
                    Balance to his or her Surviving Spouse pursuant to
                    this Section 9.6 may be made prior to the date
                    that the Participant attained or would have
                    attained his or her Normal Retirement Age only if
                    such Surviving Spouse consents to such
                    distribution in writing not more than 90 days
                    before the Annuity Starting Date.

               9.7  Small Benefits:  Immediate Lump Sum

                    If a Participant's vested Account Balance
                    (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident
                    with or next following the date of termination of
                    employment) is not greater than $3,500, and such
                    vested Account Balance was not greater than $3,500
                    at the time of any prior distribution, then it
                    will be paid to the Participant in a single lump
                    sum in cash as soon as administratively
                    practicable. In the event that a Participant who
                    receives a distribution pursuant to this
                    subsection, which is less than one hundred percent
                    (100%) of the value of his Account Balance again
                    becomes an Employee prior to incurring five (5)
                    consecutive One-Year Periods of Severance, as
                    described in Section 10.3, any forfeited amount
                    shall be restored, as provided in Section 10.3.

               9.8  Investment of Account Balance of Terminated
                    Participant

                    In the event a Participant's employment with the
                    Employer is terminated and the Participant elects
                    to leave his Account Balance in the Plan, such
                    Account Balance shall continue to be invested
                    pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  In the
                    event any investment alternative ceases to be
                    offered as an investment alternative under the
                    Plan, the portion of the Participant's Account
                    Balance invested in such discontinued investment
                    fund shall be liquidated and reinvested in a money
                    market fund or such other offered fund which shall
                    provide the most safety for purposes of the
                    protection of principal.

               9.9  Required Distributions

                    In the event that a Participant dies after
                    distribution of his or her Plan benefit has begun,
                    then his or her remaining benefit shall be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                    distribution method in use at his or her death. 
                    In the event that a Participant dies before any
                    distribution of his or her Plan benefit has begun,
                    then distribution of any death benefit under the
                    Plan must be made (A) to a Beneficiary who is not
                    the Participant's Surviving Spouse, over the
                    Beneficiary's life or life expectancy, beginning
                    not later than one year after the Participant's
                    death;  (B) to the Participant's Surviving Spouse,
                    over the Surviving Spouse's life or life
                    expectancy, beginning not later than the later of
                    one year after the Participant's death  or the
                    date that the Participant attained or would have
                    attained age 701/2; or (C) in all other cases,
                    within five years after the Participant's death. 
                    All distributions under the Plan shall be made in
                    accordance with the Income Tax Regulations under
                    Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including Income
                    Tax Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 or its
                    successor.  Such regulations are incorporated in
                    the Plan by reference and shall override any
                    inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

               9.10 Direct Rollovers

                    (i)    The Direct Rollover Option.  Notwithstanding
                    any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
                    would otherwise limit a Distributee's election
                    under this Section 9.10, effective January 1,
                    1993, a Distributee may elect,  at the time and in
                    the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to
                    have any portion of an Eligible Rollover
                    Distribution paid directly to an Eligible
                    Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a
                    Direct Rollover.

                    (ii)   Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution. 
                    An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any
                    distribution of all or any portion of the balance
                    to the credit of the Distributee, except that an
                    Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include:
                    any distribution that is one of a series of
                    substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                    frequently than annually) made for the life (or
                    life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
                    lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
                    Distributee and the Distributee's designated
                    beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years
                    or more; any distribution to the extent such
                    distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9)
                    of the Code; and the portion of any distribution
                    that is not includable in gross income (determined
                    without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                    appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                    (iii)  Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. 
                    An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual
                    retirement account described in Section 408(a) of
                    the Code, an individual retirement annuity
                    described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                    annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the
                    Code, or a qualified trust described in Section
                    401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's
                    Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the
                    case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
                    surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is
                    an individual retirement account or individual
                    retirement annuity.

                    (iv)   Definition of Distributee.  A Distributee
                    includes an Employee  or former Employee.  In
                    addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
                    surviving spouse or former spouse who is the
                    Alternate Payee under a QDRO are Distributees with
                    regard to the interest of the spouse or former
                    spouse.

                    (v)    Definition of Direct Rollover.  A Direct
                    Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible
                    Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.  


                                   ARTICLE 10
                            VESTING, RETIREMENT, AND
                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

               10.1 Vesting in Deferred Salary, After-Tax and Rollover
                    Contributions

                    A Participant shall at all times have a one
                    hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable
                    interest in the value of his Deferred Salary
                    Account, After-Tax Contributions Account and
                    Rollover Account, if any.

               10.2 Vesting in Employer Account

                    (A)  A Participant shall at all times have a one
                         hundred percent (100%) vested and
                         nonforfeitable interest in the value of his
                         Employer Contributions (and earnings thereon)
                         made prior to the Effective Date.

                    (B)  A Participant shall have a one hundred
                         percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable
                         interest in the value of all funds credited
                         to his Employer Account at his Normal
                         Retirement Age or if the Participant's
                         employment is terminated due to death,
                         becoming Disabled or retirement on a Normal,
                         Early or Postponed Retirement Date.

                    (C)  A Participant whose employment is terminated
                         prior to his Retirement Date (and for any
                         reason other than death, becoming Disabled or
                         termination on an Early, Normal or Postponed
                         Retirement Date) shall have a vested and
                         nonforfeitable right to any Employer
                         Contributions (and earnings thereon) in his
                         Employer Account in accordance with the
                         following schedule:

                         Years of Service         Percentage Vested

                         less than 1                     0%
                         1 but less than 2              33-1/3%
                         2 but less than 3              66-2/3%
                         3 or more                      100%

                         For all new Participants of the Plan whose
                         employment commences on or after January 1,
                         1995, a Participant shall have a vested and
                         nonforfeitable right to any Employer
                         Contributions (and earnings thereon) in his
                         Employer Account in accordance with the
                         following schedule:

                         Years of Service         Percentage Vested

                         less than 1                     0%
                         1 but less than 2              20%
                         2 but less than 3              40%
                         3 but less than 4              60%
                         4 but less than 5              80%
                         5 or more                     100%

               10.3 Vesting After Prior Distributions

                    Section 10.2 shall be applied as set forth in this
                    Section 10.3 in the case of any Participant who
                    received one or more prior withdrawals or
                    distributions from his Employer Account, who
                    thereafter has not incurred five (5) consecutive
                    One-Year Periods of Severance and who is not yet
                    100% vested in the Employer Account.  The vested
                    portion of such Participant's Employer Account
                    shall be determined in two steps.  First, the
                    Participant's vested percentage under Section 10.2
                    shall be applied to the sum of (a) the value of
                    the Employer Account plus (b) the aggregate amount
                    of the Participant's prior withdrawals or
                    distributions from such Account.  Then, the
                    aggregate amount of the Participant's prior
                    withdrawals or distributions from such Account
                    shall be subtracted.

               10.4 Forfeitures

                    (A)  If a Participant's employment is terminated,
                         any portion of his Account Balance in which
                         the Participant does not have a
                         nonforfeitable interest shall be
                         provisionally forfeited as of his Severance
                         From Service Date.

                    (B)  If a Participant who has had a provisional
                         forfeiture shall again become an Employee
                         prior to incurring five (5) consecutive One-
                         Year Periods of Severance, the Employer shall
                         reinstate (as of the Participant's
                         Reemployment Commencement Date) the dollar
                         amount of his Account Balance forfeited,
                         unadjusted for any gains or losses which
                         occurred during said Periods of Severance. 
                         If such Participant received a distribution
                         upon termination, reinstatement of the prior
                         forfeited amount will be provided
                         automatically without requiring repayment of
                         the amount of any prior distribution. 
                         Thereafter, Section 10.3 may be applicable to
                         the determination of the vested portion of
                         the Participant's Employer Account.

                    (C)  If the Participant is not rehired before
                         incurring five (5) consecutive One-Year
                         Periods of Severance, the amount of his
                         provisional forfeiture shall be forfeited
                         permanently.

                    (D)  Any provisional forfeitures resulting from
                         the operation of this Section shall be held
                         until the last business day of the Plan Year
                         and shall be used first to reinstate prior
                         forfeitures pursuant to paragraph (B).  Any
                         amounts remaining after such reinstatement
                         shall be used, as of the last business day of
                         the Plan Year, to reduce Employer
                         Contributions which are due or may become due
                         under the Plan.  To the extent the available
                         forfeitures are insufficient to fully
                         reinstate Participants' previously nonvested
                         amounts, the Employer will make an additional
                         contribution to the Plan sufficient to fully
                         reinstate such amounts.


                                   ARTICLE 11
                                   WITHDRAWALS

               11.1 Hardship Withdrawals

                    (A)  The Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
                         make a distribution to a Participant in
                         accordance with this Section in the event of
                         a Participant's Hardship and request for
                         withdrawal.  For purposes of this Section, a
                         distribution will be on account of Hardship
                         only if the distribution:

                         (1)  Is made on account of an immediate and
                              heavy financial need of the Participant;
                              and

                         (2)  Is necessary to satisfy such immediate
                              and heavy financial need and does not
                              exceed the amount required to relieve
                              such need and is not reasonably
                              available from other resources of the
                              Participant.

                    (B)  Immediate and heavy financial needs
                         recognized by the Plan shall include and be
                         limited to:

                         (1)  Medical expenses (as described in
                              Section 213(d) of the Code) incurred by
                              the Participant, the Participant's
                              Spouse or any dependent of the
                              Participant (as defined in Section 152
                              of the Code);

                         (2)  Purchase (excluding mortgage payments)
                              of a principal residence for the
                              Participant;

                         (3)  Payment of tuition and related
                              educational fees for the next 12 months
                              of post-secondary education for the
                              Participant or the Participant's Spouse,
                              children or dependents;

                         (4)  The need to prevent eviction of the
                              Participant from his principal residence
                              or foreclosure on the mortgage of the
                              Participant's principal residence; or

                         (5)  Such other immediate and heavy financial
                              needs as determined by the Commissioner
                              of the Internal Revenue Service and
                              announced by publication of revenue
                              rulings, notices and other documents of
                              general applicability.

                    (C)  A distribution will be deemed necessary to
                         satisfy the immediate and heavy financial
                         need of the Participant if:

                         (1)  The distribution is not in excess of the
                              amount of the immediate and heavy
                              financial need;

                         (2)  The Participant has obtained all
                              distributions, other than hardship
                              distributions, and all nontaxable loans
                              currently available under all plans
                              maintained by the Employer;

                         (3)  The Plan, and all other plans maintained
                              by the Employer, other than health care
                              plans, provide that the Participant's
                              elective contributions and employee
                              contributions, if any, will be suspended
                              for at least 12 months after receipt of
                              the hardship distribution; and

                         (4)  The Plan, and all other plans maintained
                              by the Employer, provide that the
                              Participant may not make elective
                              contributions for the Participant's
                              taxable year immediately following the
                              taxable year of the hardship
                              distribution in excess of the applicable
                              limit under Section 402(g) of the Code
                              for such next taxable year less the
                              amount of such Participant's elective
                              contributions for the taxable year of
                              the Hardship distribution.

                    (D)  The Administrator may require the submission
                         of such evidence as it may reasonably deem
                         necessary to confirm the existence of such a
                         Hardship.  In the case of a married
                         Participant, a requested Hardship withdrawal
                         shall not be paid unless the Participant's
                         Spouse has consented in writing to the
                         payment of such withdrawal in the form of a
                         lump sum (instead of a Qualified Joint and
                         Survivor Annuity).  The Spouse's consent
                         shall be given within the 90-day period
                         preceding payment of the withdrawal.  A
                         request for distribution pursuant to this
                         Section shall be approved or denied by
                         written instrument given by the Administrator
                         to the Participant at his address as provided
                         to the Administrator, within sixty (60) days
                         after the date the written request, complete
                         with all evidence with respect thereto
                         requested by the Administrator, is given to
                         the Administrator by the Participant.  In the
                         event that such request is approved, the
                         distribution shall be made within thirty (30)
                         days after notice of approval is given by the
                         Administrator to the Participant from such
                         portions of the Participant's Account as he
                         shall designate; provided, however, that
                         under no circumstances may Employer
                         Contributions and earnings thereon, or
                         earnings on the Participant's Deferred Salary
                         Contributions, be distributed pursuant to
                         this Section.

               11.2 Withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions

                    Upon written request to the Plan Administrator, a
                    Participant may withdraw all or any part of the
                    amount credited to his After-Tax Contributions
                    Account, provided, however, that the Participant
                    may make such withdrawal only once each Plan Year. 
                    All such withdrawals shall be made within sixty
                    (60) days of the receipt of the Participant's
                    written request by the Administrator, or as soon
                    thereafter as practicable.

               11.3 Loans to Participants

                    11.3.1    Amount of Loans.  With the Company's
                              prior written consent, a Participant who
                              is an Employee (or who otherwise is a
                              'party in interest' as defined in
                              Section 3(14) of ERISA) may obtain a
                              cash loan from the Participant's
                              Accounts.  The minimum amount of the
                              loan shall be $1,000.  Subject to
                              Section 11.3.2, the maximum amount of
                              the loan shall be 50% of the value of
                              the vested portion of the Participant's
                              Accounts.

                    11.3.2    Aggregate Loan Limitation.  No loan
                              shall be granted under the Plan if it
                              would cause the aggregate balance of all
                              loans which a Participant thereafter has
                              outstanding under this Plan or under any
                              other qualified plan maintained by any
                              member of the Affiliated Group to exceed
                              $50,000, less the amount by which such
                              aggregate balance has been reduced
                              through repayments during the period of
                              12 consecutive months ending on the day
                              before a new loan is made. 

                    11.3.3    Terms of Loans.  A loan to a Participant
                              shall be made on such terms and
                              conditions as the Company may determine,
                              provided that the loan shall:

                         (a)  Be evidenced by a promissory note signed
                              by the Participant and secured by no
                              more than 50% of the value of the vested
                              portion of all of his or her Accounts
                              (regardless of the amount of the loan or
                              the source of the loan funds);

                         (b)  Bear interest at a fixed rate equal to
                              the prime interest rate in effect at the
                              New York main office of Citibank, N.A.,
                              plus 1% on the last business day of the
                              month immediately preceding the date on
                              which the Company receives the
                              prescribed loan request form;

                         (c)  Provide for declining balance
                              amortization over its term with payments
                              at quarterly or more frequent intervals,
                              as determined by the Company;

                         (d)  Provide for loan payments of not less
                              than $10 per payment;

                         (e)  Provide for loan payments (i) to be
                              withheld whenever possible through
                              periodic payroll deductions from the
                              Participant's compensation from the
                              Company or (ii) to be paid by check or
                              money order whenever payroll withholding
                              is not possible;

                         (f)  Provide for repayment in full on or
                              before the earlier of (i) the date when
                              the Participant ceases to be an Employee
                              or (ii) the date five years after the
                              loan is made (or the date 15 years after
                              the loan is made if the loan is used to
                              acquire a dwelling which, within a
                              reasonable period of time, is to be used
                              as the principal residence of the
                              Participant); and

                         (g)  Provide that a Participant's Accounts
                              shall not be applied to the satisfaction
                              of the Participant's loan obligations
                              before the Accounts become distributable
                              under Article 9, unless the Company
                              determines that the loan obligations are
                              in default and takes such actions as the
                              Company deems necessary or appropriate
                              to cause the Plan to realize on its
                              security for the loan.  Such actions may
                              include (without limitation) an
                              involuntary withdrawal from the
                              Participant's vested Accounts, whether
                              or not the withdrawal would be permitted
                              under Section 11.5 on a voluntary basis;
                              provided that an involuntary withdrawal
                              from vested Company contributions paid
                              within the most recent 24 months or from
                              Deferred Salary Accounts shall be made
                              only to the extent that the requirements
                              of Section 11.5 are met.  The Company
                              may take such action as it deems
                              necessary to recover the balance of a
                              loan secured by such Company
                              contributions or by Deferred Salary
                              Accounts.  If an involuntary withdrawal
                              from Deferred Salary Accounts or
                              Employer Account occurs, the Participant
                              shall be subject to the consequences
                              described in Article 9.  If any
                              involuntary withdrawal occurs, the
                              Participant shall not be permitted to
                              obtain a new loan under the Plan for a
                              period of 12 months, commencing as of
                              the last day of the payroll period in
                              which the involuntary withdrawal occurs. 
                              The consent of the Participant's  Spouse
                              shall not be required at the time of any
                              action taken by the Company under this
                              Section 11.3.3(g). 

                    11.3.4    Company Consent.  The Company, based on
                              the borrower's creditworthiness and the
                              criteria set forth in this Section 11.3,
                              may withhold its consent to any loan or
                              may consent only to the borrowing of a
                              part of the amount requested by the
                              Participant.  The Company shall act upon
                              requests for loans in a uniform and
                              nondiscriminatory manner, consistent
                              with the requirements of Section 401(a),
                              Section 401(k) and related provisions of
                              the Code and Section 408(b)(1) of ERISA
                              and the regulations thereunder.  

                    11.3.5    Restrictions on Loans.  No Participant
                              shall have more than one loan under this
                              Section 11.3 outstanding at the same
                              time.  A Participant shall not be
                              permitted to obtain more than one loan
                              under this Section 11.3 in any period of
                              12 consecutive months.  A married
                              Participant shall not be permitted to
                              obtain any loan under this Section 11.3 
                              unless his or her Spouse has consented
                              in writing to the assignment of his or
                              her Accounts as security and to any
                              actions that the Company subsequently
                              may take under Section 11.3.3(g), except
                              to the extent the portion of the
                              Participant's Accounts used as security
                              for the loan does not exceed $3,500.

                    11.3.6    Disbursement and Source of Loans.  A
                              Participant may request a loan by filing
                              a request with the Company in accordance
                              with procedures established by the
                              Company.  A loan shall be disbursed as
                              soon as reasonably practicable after the
                              date on which the Company receives the
                              loan request (subject to the Company's
                              consent).  For purposes of this Section
                              11.3, the value and vested percentage of
                              a Participant's Accounts shall be
                              determined on the last business day of
                              the quarter immediately preceding the
                              date when the Trustee effects the loan
                              transaction or such other more current
                              valuation date that the Company may
                              determine.  If a Participant requests
                              and is granted a loan, the amount of the
                              loan shall be transferred from the
                              Participant's Accounts.  If more than
                              one Account is available to make a
                              transfer, the transfer shall be made
                              proportionately from each Account,
                              subject to such other ordering rules as
                              the Company may adopt.  The promissory
                              note executed by the Participant shall
                              be held by the Trustee or its agent as
                              part of the Trust Fund. 

                    11.3.7    Loan Payments and Defaults.  Principal
                              and interest payments on a Participant's
                              loan shall be credited as soon as
                              reasonably practicable to the
                              Participant's Accounts proportionately,
                              subject to the ordering rules, if any,
                              adopted by the Company.  Any loss caused
                              by nonpayment or other default on a
                              Participant's loan obligations shall be
                              borne solely by that Participant's
                              Accounts.

                    11.3.8    Loan Fees.  A Participant who obtains a
                              loan under this Section 11.3 shall be
                              required to pay such fees as the Trustee
                              or its agent may impose in order to
                              defray the cost of administering loans
                              from the Plan.


                                   ARTICLE 12
             DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS, EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
                       AND EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS

               12.1 Distribution of Excess Contributions

                    (A)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the
                         Plan, Excess Contributions (as hereinafter
                         defined) and income allocable thereto,
                         including income for periods after the close
                         of the Plan Year to which the Excess
                         Contributions applies, if appropriate, shall
                         be distributed as soon as administratively
                         possible, but in no event later than the last
                         day of each Plan Year, to Participants on
                         whose behalf such Excess Contributions were
                         made for the preceding Plan Year.

                    (B)  For purposes of this Section, 'Excess
                         Contributions' for any Plan Year means the
                         aggregate amount of Deferred Salary
                         Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees
                         for any Plan Year (not including any such
                         Deferred Salary Contributions that exceed the
                         $9,240 limit of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code
                         and are distributed to Participants for the
                         calendar year ending with such Plan Year
                         pursuant to Section 4.1(C)) that exceeds the
                         limitations described in Section 4.4.

                    (C)  The amount of such Excess Contributions
                         distributable to Highly Compensated Employees
                         shall be determined by reducing the Actual
                         Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated
                         Employee with the highest Actual Deferral
                         Percentage to the extent required to

                         (1)  Enable the cash or deferred arrangement
                              to satisfy the deferral percentage test
                              limitation described in Section 4.4; or

                         (2)  Cause such Highly Compensated Employee's
                              Actual Deferral Percentage to equal the
                              Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly
                              Compensated Employee with the next
                              highest Actual Deferral Percentage.

                         This process must be repeated until the cash
                         or deferred arrangement satisfies one of the
                         deferral percentage tests described in
                         Section 4.4.

                         Any Excess Contributions of any of the 10
                         most highly compensated Highly Compensated
                         Employees and any five percent (5%) owner
                         affected by the family aggregation rules
                         described in the definition of the term
                         'Highly Compensated Employee' in Section 2.35
                         above shall be allocated among the
                         individuals in each family aggregation group
                         in proportion to the Deferred Salary
                         Contributions taken into account under
                         Section 4.4 for each such individual.

                         Any Excess Aggregate Contributions of any of
                         the 10 most highly compensated Highly
                         Compensated Employees and any five percent
                         (5%) owner affected by the family aggregation
                         rules described in the definition of the term
                         'Highly Compensated Employee' in Section 2.35
                         above shall be allocated among the
                         individuals in each family aggregation group
                         in proportion to the After-Tax Contributions
                         and Employer Matching Contributions taken
                         into account under Section 5.3 for each such
                         individual.

                    (D)  The income allocable to Excess Contributions
                         shall be determined by multiplying income
                         allocable to the Participant's Deferred
                         Salary Contributions and Employer
                         Contributions for the Plan Year by a
                         fraction, the numerator of which is the
                         Excess Contribution on behalf of the
                         Participant for the preceding Plan Year and
                         the denominator of which is the sum of the
                         Participant's account balances attributable
                         to Deferred Salary Contributions and Employer
                         Contributions on the last day of the
                         preceding Plan Year. 

                         Income allocable to Excess Contributions for
                         the Plan Year and for the "gap period"
                         between the end of the Plan Year and the date
                         of distribution shall be determined pursuant
                         to Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(k)-
                         1(f)(4).

                    (E)  The Excess Contributions which would
                         otherwise be distributed to the Participant
                         shall be adjusted for income in accordance
                         with regulations and other official
                         pronouncements from the Secretary of the
                         Treasury.

                    (F)  Amounts distributed pursuant to this Section
                         shall first be treated as distributions from
                         the Participant's Deferred Salary Account and
                         shall be treated as distributed from the
                         Participant's Employer Contributions only to
                         the extent such Excess Contributions exceed
                         the balance in the Participant's Deferred
                         Salary Account.

               12.2 Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions

                    (A)  Excess Aggregate Contributions and income
                         allocable thereto shall be forfeited,
                         pursuant to this Section, if otherwise
                         forfeitable under the terms of this Plan, or
                         if not forfeitable, distributed no later than
                         the last day of each Plan Year to
                         Participants who made After-Tax Contributions
                         for the preceding Plan Year or who received
                         an Employer Matching Contribution for the
                         preceding Plan Year.

                    (B)  For purposes of this Section, 'Excess
                         Aggregate Contributions' shall mean the
                         amount described in Section 401(m)(6)(B) of
                         the Code.

                    (C)  The Employer shall rank its Highly
                         Compensated Employees by Contribution
                         Percentage in descending order.  The Employer
                         shall then reduce the amount of Employer
                         Matching Contributions and After-Tax
                         Contributions taken into account in computing
                         the Contribution Percentage which were made
                         on the behalf of the Highly Compensated
                         Employee with the Highest Contribution
                         Percentage until the following occurs:

                         (1)  The Plan satisfies the limitations set
                              forth in Section 5.3; or

                         (2)  The Contribution Percentage for such
                              Highly Compensated Employee is reduced
                              to a percentage which equals the
                              Contribution Percentage of the Highly
                              Compensated Employee with the next
                              highest Contribution Percentage.

                         In applying the reduction mechanism set forth
                         in this Section, the After-Tax Contributions
                         made by a Highly Compensated Employee shall
                         be reduced before the Employer Matching
                         Contributions made on behalf of such Highly
                         Compensated Employee are reduced.

                    (D)  The income allocable to Excess Aggregate
                         Contributions shall be determined by
                         multiplying the income allocable to the
                         Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax
                         Contributions for the Plan Year by a
                         fraction, the numerator of which is the
                         Excess Aggregate Contributions made on behalf
                         of the Participant for the preceding Plan
                         Year and the denominator of which is the sum
                         of the Participant's account balance
                         attributable to Employer Matching
                         Contributions and After-Tax Contributions.

                         Income allocable to Excess Aggregate
                         Contributions for the Plan Year and for the
                         "gap period" between the end of the Plan Year
                         and the date of distribution (or forfeiture)
                         shall be determined pursuant to Proposed
                         Regulations Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(3).

                    (E)  The Excess Aggregate Contributions to be
                         distributed to a Participant shall be
                         adjusted for income, and, if there is a loss
                         allocable to the Excess Aggregate
                         Contributions, shall in no event be less than
                         the lesser of the Participant's Account
                         Balance under the Plan or the Participant's
                         Employer Matching Contributions and After-Tax
                         Contributions for the Plan Year.

                    (F)  Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
                         distributed from the Participant's After-Tax
                         Contributions Account and forfeited, if
                         otherwise forfeitable under the terms of the
                         Plan (or, if not forfeitable, distributed),
                         from the Participant's Matching Contribution
                         Account in proportion to the Participant's
                         Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.

                    (G)  Amounts forfeited by Highly Compensated
                         Employees under this Section shall be:

                         (1)  Treated as Annual Additions under
                              Sections 5.6 and 5.7 of the Plan; and

                         (2)  Allocated, after all other forfeitures
                              under the Plan, to the same Participants
                              and in the same manner as such other
                              forfeitures of Employer Matching
                              Contributions are allocated to
                              Participants under the Plan; provided,
                              however, that no such forfeitures
                              arising under this Section shall be
                              allocated to the account of any Highly
                              Compensated Employee.


                                   ARTICLE 13
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

               13.1 Plan Administrator

                    Except as to those functions reserved within the
                    Plan to the Board of Directors, there shall be an
                    individual administrator or an administrative
                    committee (hereafter referred to as the
                    Administrator) appointed by the Board of Directors
                    to control and manage the operation and
                    administration of the Plan.  The Administrator
                    shall be considered the "named fiduciary" and the
                    "plan administrator" for purposes of ERISA and the
                    Code.  The Board of Directors shall have the
                    authority to allocate or delegate among
                    themselves, to the Administrator, or to any other
                    person, any fiduciary responsibility with respect
                    to the Plan.

               13.2 Selection of Committee

                    If the Board of Directors appoints a committee to
                    be the Administrator, then such committee shall
                    consist of not fewer than three nor more than
                    seven members to serve at its pleasure and without
                    compensation for service as such.  The committee
                    shall select a secretary (who may, but need not,
                    be a member of the committee) to keep its records
                    or to assist it in the doing of any act or thing
                    to be done or performed by the committee.

                    A majority of the members of the committee at the
                    time in office shall constitute a quorum for the
                    transaction of the business at any meeting.  Any
                    determination or action of the committee may be
                    made or taken by a majority of the members present
                    at any meeting thereof, or without a meeting by a
                    resolution or written memorandum concurred in by a
                    majority of the members then in office.  No member
                    who is a Participant of this Plan, however, shall
                    vote on any question relating solely to himself.

               13.3 Powers of the Administrator

                    The Administrator, subject to the limitations
                    herein contained and to such other restrictions as
                    the Board of Directors may make, shall have the
                    discretionary power and the duty to take all
                    action and to make all decisions necessary or
                    proper to carry out the provisions of Plan.  The
                    determination of the Administrator as to any
                    question involving the general administration and
                    interpretation of the Plan shall be final,
                    conclusive and binding.  Any discretionary actions
                    to be taken under the Plan by the Administrator
                    with respect to the classification of Employees,
                    Participants, beneficiaries, contributions, or
                    benefits shall be uniform in their nature and
                    applicable to all persons similarly situated. 
                    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
                    the Administrator shall have the following powers
                    and duties:

                    (A)  To require any person to furnish such
                         information as it may request for the purpose
                         of the proper administration of the Plan as a
                         condition of receiving any benefits under the
                         Plan;

                    (B)  To make and enforce such rules and
                         regulations and prescribe the use of such
                         forms as it shall deem necessary for the
                         efficient administration of the Plan;

                    (C)  To interpret the Plan, and to resolve
                         ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions,
                         which findings shall be binding, final and
                         conclusive;

                    (D)  To decide on questions concerning the Plan
                         and the eligibility of any Employee to
                         participate in the Plan, in accordance with
                         the provisions of the Plan;

                    (E)  To determine the amount of benefits which
                         shall be payable to any person in accordance
                         with the provisions of the Plan.  The
                         Administrator may require claims for benefits
                         to be filed in writing, on such forms and
                         containing such information as the Board may
                         deem necessary.  Adequate notice shall be
                         provided in writing to any Participant or
                         beneficiary thereof whose claim for benefits
                         under the Plan has been wholly or partially
                         denied.  The Plan claim review procedure is
                         more particularly described in Section 13.7
                         of the Plan.  Notice of denial of a claim
                         shall be written in a manner calculated to be
                         understood by the Participant or his
                         Beneficiary and shall afford reasonable
                         opportunity to the Participant or his
                         Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been
                         denied for a full and fair review of the
                         decision denying the claim;

                    (F)  To allocate any such powers and duties to or
                         among individual members of any
                         administrative committee serving as the
                         Administrator;

                    (G)  To designate persons other than Administrator
                         to carry out any duty or power which would
                         otherwise be a fiduciary responsibility of
                         the Administrator, under the terms of the
                         Plan; and

                    (H)  To make such administrative or technical
                         amendments to the Plan as may be necessary or
                         appropriate to carry out the intent of the
                         Board of Directors, including such amendments
                         as may be required to satisfy the
                         requirements of Section 401(a) and Section
                         401(k) of the Code, and of ERISA and any
                         similar provisions or subsequent revenue or
                         other laws, or the rules and regulations from
                         time to time in effect under any of such laws
                         or to conform with governmental regulations
                         or other policies.

               13.4 Selection and Replacement of Trustee

                    The Board of Directors shall appoint and they
                    shall retain the power to discharge or replace the
                    Trustee.  However, the power to appoint, discharge
                    or replace the Trustee shall not confer any
                    responsibility or authority upon the Board of
                    Directors with respect to the management or
                    control of the assets of the Plan.

               13.5 Selection of Other Professional Counselors

                    (A)  The Administrator may employ a counsel, a
                         qualified public accountant, a qualified
                         actuary, consultant and such clerical,
                         medical and other accounting services as it
                         may require in carrying out the provisions of
                         the Plan or in complying with requirements
                         imposed by ERISA and the Code.

                    (B)  The Administrator may appoint an investment
                         manager or managers and delegate investment
                         responsibilities to manage any assets of the
                         Plan, including the power to acquire and
                         dispose of fund assets and to perform such
                         other services as the Administrator shall
                         deem necessary or desirable in connection
                         with the management of Plan assets.  Such
                         investment manager or managers shall (i) be
                         registered as an investment advisor under the
                         Investment Advisors Act of 1940; (ii) be a
                         bank, as defined in the Investment Advisors
                         Act of 1940; or (iii) be an insurance company
                         qualified to manage, acquire or dispose of
                         qualified plan assets under the laws of more
                         than one State; and shall acknowledge in
                         writing to the Administrator that he is (or
                         they are) a fiduciary with respect to the
                         Plan.  Anything in this Article or elsewhere
                         in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding,
                         the Trustee shall be relieved of the
                         authority and discretion to manage and solely
                         control the assets of the Plan to the extent
                         that authority to acquire, dispose of, or
                         otherwise manage the assets of the Plan is
                         delegated to one or more investment managers
                         in accordance with this Section.

               13.6 Reliance on Professional Counselors

                    To the extent permitted by law, the Administrator
                    and any person to whom it may delegate any duty or
                    power in connection with administering the Plan,
                    the Employer, and the officers and directors
                    thereof, shall be entitled to rely conclusively
                    upon, and shall be fully protected in any action
                    taken or suffered by them in good faith in
                    reliance upon, any counsel, accountant, other
                    specialist, or other person selected by the
                    Administrator, or in reliance upon any tables,
                    valuations, certificates, opinions or reports
                    which shall be furnished by any of them or by the
                    Trustee.  Further, to the extent permitted by law,
                    no member of the Administrator, nor the Employer,
                    nor the officers nor directors thereof, shall be
                    liable for any neglect, omission or wrongdoing of
                    the Trustee or any other member of the
                    Administrator.

               13.7 Plan Claim Procedure

                    (A)  Any claim for a Plan benefit hereunder shall
                         be filed by a Participant or Beneficiary
                         (claimant) of this Plan on the form
                         prescribed for such purpose with the
                         Administrator, or in lieu thereof, by written
                         communication which is made by the claimant
                         or the claimant's authorized representative
                         which is reasonably calculated to bring the
                         claim to the attention of the Administrator.

                    (B)  If a claim for a Plan benefit is wholly or
                         partially denied, notice of the decision
                         shall be furnished to the claimant by the
                         Administrator within ninety (90) days after
                         receipt of the claim by the Administrator.

                    (C)  Any claimant who is denied a claim for
                         benefit shall be furnished written notice
                         setting forth:

                         (1)  The specific reason or reasons for the
                              denial;

                         (2)  Specific reference to the pertinent Plan
                              provisions upon which the denial is
                              based;

                         (3)  A description of any additional material
                              or information necessary for the
                              claimant to perfect the claim and an
                              explanation of why such material or
                              information is necessary; and

                         (4)  An explanation of the Plan's claim
                              review procedure.

                    (D)  In order that a claimant may appeal denial of
                         a claim, a claimant or his duly authorized
                         representative:

                         (1)  May request a review by written
                              application to the Administrator not
                              later than sixty (60) days after receipt
                              by the claimant of written notification
                              of denial of a claim;

                         (2)  May review pertinent documents; and

                         (3)  May submit issues and comments in
                              writing.

                    (E)  A decision on review of a denied claim shall
                         be made not later than sixty (60) days after
                         the Plan's receipt of a request for review,
                         unless special circumstances require an
                         extension of time for processing, in which
                         case a decision shall be rendered within a
                         reasonable period of time, but not later than
                         one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt
                         of a request for review.

                         The decision on review shall be in writing
                         and shall include the specific reason(s) for
                         the decision and the specific reference(s) to
                         the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
                         decision is based.

               13.8 Source of Payment of Expenses

                    All expenses prior to the termination of the Plan
                    that shall arise in connection with the
                    administration of the Plan, including but not
                    limited to the compensation of the Trustee,
                    administrative expenses and proper charges and
                    disbursements of the Trustee and compensation and
                    other expenses and charges of any counsel,
                    accountant, specialist or other person who shall
                    be employed by the Administrator in connection
                    with the administration thereof, shall be paid
                    from the Trust Fund to the extent not paid by the
                    Employer.

               13.9 Compensation of the Administrator

                    The Administrator shall serve without compensation
                    for services as such (other than any compensation
                    the Administrator may receive as an employee of
                    the Employer), but all reasonable expenses
                    incurred in the performance of their duties shall,
                    to the extent not paid by the Employer, be paid
                    from the Trust Fund.  Unless otherwise determined
                    by the Company or unless required by any Federal
                    or State law, the Administrator shall not be
                    required to give any bond or other security in any
                    jurisdiction.

              13.10 Fiduciary Liability Insurance

                    The Administrator may, to the extent permitted by
                    law, procure and pay (from assets of the Plan or
                    the Employer) insurance premiums for fiduciary
                    liability insurance covering the Board of
                    Directors, the Administrator and other such
                    Employees of the Employer as the Administrator
                    shall in their discretion determine.  To the
                    extent such insurance is not obtained and to the
                    extent permitted by law, the Employer shall
                    indemnify any fiduciary described in the preceding
                    sentence for any loss arising out of any action in
                    connection with the performance (or omission) of
                    any duty imposed by the Plan.


                                   ARTICLE 14
                            AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

               14.1 Right to Amend

                    (A)  The Board of Directors, a delegate of the
                         Board of Directors or an authorized officer
                         of the Company reserves the right at any time
                         and from time to time and retroactively if
                         deemed necessary or appropriate, to modify or
                         amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the
                         provisions of the Plan.

                    (B)  No such modification or amendment, however,
                         shall make it possible for any part of the
                         corpus or income of the Trust Fund to be used
                         for, or diverted to, purposes other than for
                         the exclusive benefit of Participants and
                         their beneficiaries under the Plan prior to
                         the satisfaction of all liabilities with
                         respect to Participants and their
                         Beneficiaries under the Plan, prior to the
                         satisfaction of all liabilities with respect
                         thereto.  Moreover, no amendment or
                         modification shall make it possible to
                         deprive any Participant of a previously
                         accrued benefit (including an optional form
                         of benefit), except to the extent permitted
                         by Section 412(c)(8) of the Code.

                    (C)  The Administrator may adopt amendments which
                         do not significantly affect the cost of the
                         Plan and which may be necessary or
                         appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan,
                         any trust and any contract with an insurance
                         carrier which may form a part of the Plan as
                         a plan and trust meeting the requirements of
                         Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.

               14.2 Right to Discontinue Plan

                    The Board of Directors reserves the power to
                    discontinue the Plan at any time with respect to
                    any or all Employers.  Unless the Plan be sooner
                    terminated, a successor to the business or any
                    portion thereof of an Employer, by whatever form
                    or manner resulting, with the written consent of
                    the Company, may continue the Plan and become a
                    party to the Trust Agreement by executing
                    appropriate supplemental agreements and other
                    documents, and such successor shall, succeed to
                    all applicable rights, powers and duties of such
                    Employer with relation thereto.  The employment of
                    any Participant who is continued in the employ of
                    such successor shall not be deemed to have been
                    terminated or severed for any purpose under the
                    Plan.

               14.3 Obligations Upon Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

                    In the event of any merger or consolidation with,
                    or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other
                    plan, each Participant shall be entitled to
                    receive a benefit if the Plan were to terminate
                    immediately after the merger, consolidation, or
                    transfer, which is not less than the benefit he
                    would have been entitled to receive if the Plan
                    had terminated immediately before the merger,
                    consolidation, or transfer.

               14.4 Obligations Upon Termination, Partial Termination
                    or Discontinuance

                    (A)  While each Employer intends to continue the
                         Plan indefinitely, nevertheless it assumes no
                         contractual obligation as to the Plan's
                         continuance, and the Board of Directors may
                         terminate the Plan as to any Employer.  In
                         the case of any termination, partial
                         termination or complete discontinuance of
                         contributions, each Participant who is then
                         an Employee and who is affected by the
                         termination, partial termination or complete
                         discontinuance of contributions shall have a
                         one hundred percent (100%) non-forfeitable
                         interest in the Account Balance.

                    (B)  At the direction of the Administrator after
                         any such discontinuance, and after payment
                         of, or appropriate reserve for, the expenses
                         of any such discontinuance each Participant's
                         Account Balance shall be paid in cash to each
                         Participant, or, if he is then deceased, to
                         his designated beneficiary, if living, or, if
                         such beneficiary is not living, to such
                         deceased Participant's estate.

                    (C)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
                         Participant's Account Balance shall not be
                         distributed pursuant to a termination,
                         partial termination or complete
                         discontinuance of contributions if the
                         Employer or an affiliated Employer maintains
                         a successor plan with respect to the
                         Participant.

               14.5 Continued Funding After Plan Termination

                    Anything in the Plan to the contrary
                    notwithstanding, no Employer, upon any termination
                    or partial termination of the Plan, shall have any
                    obligation or liability whatsoever to make any
                    further payments for the benefit of Participants
                    (including all or any part of any contributions
                    payable prior to any termination of the Plan), to
                    the Trustee for benefits under the Plan.  Neither
                    the Trustee, the Board of Directors, the
                    Administrator, nor any Participant, Employee, nor
                    beneficiary, shall have any right to compel an
                    Employer to make any payment after the termination
                    or partial termination of the Plan.

               14.6 Distribution Upon Sale of Assets

                    A Participant's Account Balance may be distributed
                    to the Participant as soon as administratively
                    feasible after the sale of substantially all of
                    the assets used by the Employer in the trade or
                    business in which the Participant is employed if
                    the Participant is no longer employed by the
                    Employer or an affiliated Employer who has adopted
                    the Plan and the assets were not sold to a related
                    employer.


                                   ARTICLE 15
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

               15.1 No Implied Employment Contract

                    This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a
                    contract between the Employer and any Employee or
                    other person whether or not in the employ of the
                    Employer, nor shall anything herein contained be
                    deemed to give any Employee or other person,
                    whether or not in the employ of the Employer, any
                    right to be retained in the employ of the
                    Employer, or to interfere with the right of the
                    Employer to discharge any Employee at any time and
                    to treat him without any regard to the effect
                    which such treatment might have upon him as a
                    Participant in the Plan.

               15.2 Benefits Not Assignable

                    Except as may otherwise be provided by law, no
                    distribution or payment under the Plan to any
                    Participant or beneficiary shall be subject in any
                    manner to anticipation, alienation, sale,
                    transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or
                    charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any
                    attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell,
                    transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the
                    same shall be void; nor shall any such
                    distribution or payment be in any way liable for
                    or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities,
                    engagement or torts of any person entitled to such
                    distribution or payment.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to a
                    benefit payable with respect to a Participant
                    pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order"
                    (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) may be
                    created, assigned or recognized.  The
                    Administrator shall establish reasonable
                    procedures to determine the qualified status of
                    domestic relations orders and to administer
                    distributions under such qualified orders in a
                    manner consistent with Section 414(p) of the Code.

               15.3 Facility of Payment

                    If the Administrator determines that any person
                    entitled to payments under the Plan is an infant
                    or incompetent by reason of physical or mental
                    disability, the Administrator may cause all
                    payments thereafter becoming due to such person to
                    be made to any other person for his benefit,
                    without responsibility to follow application of
                    amounts so paid.  Payments made pursuant to this
                    provision shall completely discharge the Plan,
                    Administrator and the Trustee.

               15.4 Source of Benefits

                    The Trust Fund shall be the sole source of
                    benefits under this Plan, and each Employee,
                    Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person who
                    shall claim the right to any payment or benefit
                    under this Plan shall be entitled to look only to
                    the Trust Fund for payment of benefits.  Except as
                    may be otherwise provided by ERISA or other
                    applicable law, the Employer shall have no
                    liability to make or continue from its own funds
                    the payment of any benefit under the Plan.

               15.5 Lost Participants or Beneficiaries

                    If the Plan is unable to make payment to any
                    Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to
                    receive a Plan Benefit, because it cannot
                    ascertain the identity or whereabouts of such
                    Participant or Beneficiary after reasonable
                    efforts have been made to identify or locate such
                    person (including a notice of the payment so due
                    mailed to the last known address of such
                    Participant or Beneficiary as shown on the records
                    of the Employer), such payment and all subsequent
                    payments otherwise due to such Participant or
                    other person shall be forfeited and used to reduce
                    Employer contributions to the Plan twenty-four
                    (24) months after the date such payment first
                    became due; provided, however, that such payment
                    and any subsequent payments shall be reinstated
                    retroactively, without interest, no later than
                    sixty (60) days after the date on which the
                    Participant or Beneficiary is identified or
                    located.

               15.6 Service in Several Fiduciary Capacities

                    Any person, group of persons, or entity, may serve
                    in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect
                    to the Plan.

               15.7 Construction of Plan

                    Headings to the articles, sections or subsections
                    of the Plan have been supplied for convenience
                    only and are not to be taken as limiting or
                    extending the meanings of any of the provisions of
                    the Plan.

               15.8 Governing Law

                    The provisions of the Plan shall be construed,
                    administered and governed under ERISA and, to the
                    extent not preempted, the laws of the State of
                    California.

               15.9 Intent to Comply With Legal Requirements

                    The Employer intends that the Plan shall be a
                    qualified plan of deferred compensation
                    established for the exclusive benefit of its
                    Employees and their Beneficiaries as provided for
                    in Section 401(a) of the Code or as provided for
                    in any similar provisions of subsequent revenue
                    laws and that the Plan assets held by the Trustee
                    shall be exempt from taxation under Section 501(a)
                    of the Code.

              15.10 Annuity Contracts

                    Any annuity contract purchased by the Plan and
                    distributed to a Participant shall provide that
                    the benefits under the contract shall be provided
                    in accordance with the applicable consent, present
                    value and other requirements of Section 417(e) of
                    the Code.

               15.11 Voting Rights

                    Before each annual or special meeting of the
                    Company's stockholders, the Company shall cause to
                    be sent to each Participant a copy of the proxy
                    statement being sent to the registered
                    stockholders of the Company.  A Participant shall
                    have the right to instruct the Trustee
                    confidentially with respect to the voting of all
                    shares of FHC Stock, whether or not vested, that
                    were allocated to his or her Account on the
                    applicable record date for such meeting.  The
                    Company shall conclusively determine the number of
                    the whole and fractional shares of FHC Stock that
                    are subject to each Participant's voting
                    instructions and shall advise the Trustee
                    accordingly.  The voting instructions shall be on
                    a form prescribed by the Company and shall be
                    submitted to the Trustee not later than the date
                    specified by the Company.  Once received by the
                    Trustee, the voting instructions shall be
                    irrevocable.  Under no circumstances shall the
                    Trustee permit the Company or any representative
                    thereof to see any voting instructions given by
                    any Participant to the Trustee.  The Trustee shall
                    vote any shares of FHC Stock with respect to which
                    it has not received (prior to the date specified
                    by the Company) voting instructions on the
                    prescribed form from the appropriate Participants,
                    in direct proportion to the shares with respect to
                    which it has received timely voting instructions
                    from Participants.

              15.12 Other Instructions by Participants

                    In the event that any person or group of persons
                    makes a tender offer subject to Section 14(d) of
                    the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to acquire all
                    or part of the outstanding shares of FHC Stock,
                    including the Stock held in the FHC Stock Fund
                    ("Acquisition Offer"), each Participant shall be
                    entitled to direct the Trustee confidentially (on
                    a form to be prescribed by the Company) to tender
                    all or part of those shares of FHC Stock which
                    would then be subject to such Participant's voting
                    instructions under Section 15.11.  If the Trustee
                    receives an instruction by the date communicated
                    by the Company to Participants, the Trustee shall
                    tender such shares in accordance with such
                    instruction.  Any shares of FHC Stock with respect
                    to which the Trustee does not receive timely
                    instructions shall be tendered or withheld by the
                    Trustee in the same proportion as the shares with
                    respect to which the Trustee has received timely
                    instructions from Participants.  The Company shall
                    distribute to each Participant all appropriate
                    materials pertaining to the Acquisition Offer,
                    including the statement of the position of the
                    Company with respect to such offer issued pursuant
                    to Rule 14e-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of
                    1934, as soon as practicable after such materials
                    are issued; provided, however, that if the Company
                    fails to issue such statement within five business
                    days after the commencement of such offer, the
                    Company shall distribute such materials to each
                    Participant without the statement by the Company
                    and shall separately distribute such statement as
                    soon as practicable after it is issued.  The
                    Trustee shall follow the procedures regarding the
                    confidentiality of instructions described in
                    Section 15.11.


                                   ARTICLE 16
                     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFERS

               16.1 Transfers From Other Plans

                    In the event that an individual

                    (A)  Becomes an Employee eligible to participate
                         in the Plan, and

                    (B)  Was a participant in a plan qualified under
                         Section 401(a) of the Code, the trust of
                         which is exempt from tax under Section 501(a)
                         of the Code, and

                    (C)  Received from such trust a "qualified total
                         distribution" (within the meaning of
                         subsection 402(a)(5)(E) of the Code) which
                         qualifies for rollover treatment in
                         accordance with Section 402(a)(5), and

                    (D)  such "qualified total distribution" consists
                         of money,

                    then, with the consent of the Company, the
                    eligible Employee may transfer any portion of the
                    distribution, to the extent it exceeds the amount
                    referred to in subsection 402(e)(4)(D)(i) of the
                    Code, to this Plan on or before the sixtieth
                    (60th) day after the day on which he received such
                    distribution, and upon receipt by the Plan, such
                    amount shall be credited to the Rollover Account
                    established under the Plan, pursuant to Article 6.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, there may be
                    transferred directly from the trustee of another
                    plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code,
                    the trust of which is exempt from tax under
                    Section 501(a) of the Code, to the Trustee,
                    subject to the approval of the Administrator and
                    the Trustee that such transfer will not adversely
                    affect the qualified status of the Plan, all or
                    any of the assets, including voluntary
                    contributions, if any (whether by Trustee,
                    Custodian or otherwise) on behalf of the other
                    plan which is maintained for the benefit of any
                    Employees who are about to become Participants in
                    this Plan.

                    The eligible Employee shall have a one hundred
                    percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable right to
                    all amounts credited to his Rollover Account as a
                    result of any transfer pursuant to this Section.

               16.2 Rollover of Funds From Conduit Individual
                    Retirement Account (IRA)

                    In the event that an individual

                    (A)  Becomes an Employee eligible to participate
                         in the Plan, and

                    (B)  Shall have established an Individual
                         Retirement Account or Individual Retirement
                         Annuity (hereinafter collectively referred to
                         as "IRA") described in Sections 408(a) and
                         408(b), respectively, of the Code, which IRA
                         is comprised solely of amounts constituting a
                         rollover contribution of a qualified total
                         distribution from an employer's trust
                         described in Section 401(a) of the Code,
                         which is exempt from tax under Section 501(a)
                         of the Code, or an annuity plan described in
                         Section 403(a) of the Code, and

                    (C)  Received from such IRA the entire amount of
                         the account or the entire value of the
                         annuity, including any earnings on such sums,
                         pursuant to Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the
                         Code,

                    then, with the consent of the Company, the
                    eligible Employee may transfer the entire amount
                    received in such distribution to this Plan (for
                    the benefit of such individual) on or before the
                    sixtieth (60th) day after the day on which he
                    received such payment or distribution, and upon
                    receipt by the Plan, such amount shall be credited
                    to the Rollover Account established hereunder.

                    The Participant shall have a one hundred percent
                    (100%) vested and nonforfeitable right to all
                    amounts credited to his Rollover Account as a
                    result of such IRA rollover.

               16.3 Mistaken Rollover

                    If it is determined that a Participant's rollover
                    contribution did not qualify under the Code for a
                    tax free rollover, then as soon as reasonably
                    possible the balance in the Participant's Rollover
                    Account shall be:

                    (A)  Segregated from all other Plan assets;

                    (B)  Treated as a non-qualified trust established
                         by and for the benefit of the Participant;
                         and

                    (C)  Distributed to the Participant.

                    Such a mistaken rollover contribution shall be
                    deemed never to have been a part of the Plan and
                    shall not adversely affect the tax qualification
                    of the Plan under the Code.


                                   ARTICLE 17
                             TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

               17.1 Top-Heavy Plan Defined

                    This Article shall apply if the Plan is a "Top-
                    Heavy Plan" as hereinafter provided.  The Plan
                    shall be a "Top-Heavy Plan" in a Plan Year if, as
                    of the Determination Date the present value of the
                    cumulative accrued benefits (as calculated below)
                    of all Key Employees exceeds sixty percent (60%)
                    of the present value of the accumulative accrued
                    benefits under the Plan of all Employees and Key
                    Employees, but excluding the value of the accrued
                    benefits of former Key Employees.

                    In determining whether this Plan is a Top-Heavy
                    Plan, all employers that are aggregated under
                    Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code
                    shall be treated as a single employer.  In
                    addition, all plans that are part of the Required
                    Aggregation Group shall be treated as a single
                    plan.  The Plan shall apply the special rules of
                    Code Sections 416(g)(4)(A), (B) and (E) to
                    determine which Employees and which benefits are
                    taken into account to determine whether the Plan
                    (or any other plan included in a Required
                    Aggregation Group of which the Plan is a part) is
                    a Top-Heavy Plan.

                    Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan,
                    or any other plan included in a Required
                    Aggregation Group of which this Plan is a part, is
                    Top-Heavy, the accrued benefit of an Employee
                    other than a Key Employee shall be determined
                    under (A) the method, if any, that uniformly
                    applies for accrual purposes under all plans
                    maintained by the affiliated employers, or (B) if
                    there is no such method, as if such benefit
                    accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
                    rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate
                    of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

                    For this purpose, the present value of an
                    Employee's accrued benefit is equal to the sum of
                    (A) and (B) below:

                    (A)  The sum of (i) the present value of an
                         Employee's accrued retirement income in each
                         defined benefit plan which is included in the
                         Required Aggregation Group determined as of
                         the most recent valuation date within the
                         twelve (12) month period ending on the
                         Determination Date and as if the Employee had
                         terminated service as of such valuation date
                         and (ii) the aggregate distribution made with
                         respect to such Employee during the five-year
                         period ending on the Determination Date from
                         all defined benefit plans included in the
                         Required Aggregation Group and not reflected
                         in the value of his accrued retirement income
                         as of the most recent valuation date.  In
                         determining present value for all plans in
                         the Required Aggregation Group, the actuarial
                         assumptions set forth for this purpose in the
                         Employer's defined benefit plan shall be
                         utilized and the commencement date shall be
                         determined taking any nonproportional subsidy
                         into account; and

                    (B)  The sum of (i) the aggregate balance of his
                         accounts in all defined contribution plans
                         which are part of the Required Aggregation
                         Group as of the most recent valuation date
                         within the twelve (12) month period ending on
                         the Determination Date, (ii) any
                         contributions allocated to such an account
                         after the valuation date and on or before the
                         Determination Date, and (iii) the aggregate
                         distributions made with respect to such
                         Employee during the five-year period ending
                         on the Determination Date from all defined
                         contribution plans which are part of the
                         Required Aggregation Group and not reflected
                         in the value of his account(s) as of the most
                         recent valuation date.

               17.2 Other Definitions

                    For the purposes of this Article, the following
                    terms shall have the following meanings:

                    (A)  "Determination Date" means the last day of
                         the preceding Plan Year except that in the
                         case of the first Plan Year, the term
                         "Determination Date" shall mean the last day
                         of the Plan Year.

                    (B)  "Employee" means (i) a current employee or
                         (ii) a former employee who performed services
                         for the Employer during the Plan Year
                         containing the Determination Date or any of
                         the four (4) preceding Plan Years.

                    (C)  "Key Employee" means an Employee, a former
                         Employee or the Beneficiary under the Plan of
                         a former Employee who, in the Plan Year
                         containing the Determination Date, or any of
                         the four preceding Plan Years, is:

                         (1)  An officer of the Employer having an
                              annual Total Compensation greater than
                              fifty percent (50%) of the amount in
                              effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
                              Code for any such Plan Year.  Not more
                              than fifty (50) Employees or, if lesser,
                              the greater of three (3) Employees or
                              ten percent (10%) of the Employees shall
                              be considered as officers for purposes
                              of this subparagraph.

                         (2)  One of the ten (10) Employees owning (or
                              considered as owning within the meaning
                              of Section 318 of the Code) the largest
                              interest in the Employer, which is more
                              than one-half percent (.5%) ownership
                              interest in value, and whose Total
                              Compensation equals or exceeds the
                              maximum dollar limitation under Section
                              415(c)(1)(A) of the Code as in effect
                              for the calendar year in which the
                              Determination Date falls.

                         (3)  A five-percent (5%) owner of the
                              Employer.

                         (4)  A one percent (1%) owner of the Employer
                              having an annual Total Compensation from
                              the Employer of more than $150,000.

                         Whether an Employee is a five percent (5%)
                         owner or a one percent (1%) owner shall be
                         determined in accordance with Section 416(i)
                         of the Code.

                    (D)  "Non-Key Employee" means an Employee who is
                         not a Key Employee.

                    (E)  "Required Aggregation Group" means

                         (1)  Each stock bonus, pension, or profit
                              sharing plan of the Employer in which a
                              Key Employee participates and which is
                              intended to qualify under Section 401(a)
                              of the Code; and

                         (2)  Each other such stock bonus, pension or
                              profit sharing plan of an Employer which
                              enables any plan in which a Key Employee
                              participates to meet the requirements of
                              Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the
                              Code.

               17.3 Top-Heavy Vesting

                    (A)  If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in a Plan
                         Year, the nonforfeitable percentage of the
                         Account Balance of a Participant for such
                         Plan Year who is credited with an Hour of
                         Service in such Plan Year shall be determined
                         in accordance with the vesting provisions
                         described in Section 10.2 of the Plan.

                    (B)  A Participant's nonforfeitable benefit shall
                         not be less than his vested Account Balance
                         determined as of the last day of the last
                         Plan Year in which the Plan was a Top-Heavy
                         Plan.

               17.4 Top-Heavy Contributions

                    (A)  Solely in the event that any Participant who
                         is a Non-Key Employee is not covered by a
                         defined benefit plan of the Employer which
                         provides the minimum benefit required by
                         Section 416(c)(1) of the Code during a Plan
                         Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan,
                         the Employer contributions and forfeitures
                         allocated to each such Non-Key Employee who
                         has not separated from service by the end of
                         the Plan Year shall be equal to not less than
                         the lesser of:

                         (1)  Three percent (3%) of such Participant's
                              Total Compensation in the Plan Year, or

                         (2)  The greatest allocation, expressed as a
                              percentage of Compensation, made to any
                              Participant who is a Key Employee.

                    (B)  The percentage referred to in
                         subparagraph (2) above shall be determined by
                         dividing the contributions and forfeitures
                         allocated to the Key Employee by such
                         Employee's Compensation.  The Employer shall
                         make such additional contribution to the Plan
                         as shall be necessary to make the allocation
                         described above.  The provisions of this
                         Section apply without regard to contributions
                         or benefits under Social Security or any
                         other Federal or State law.  An adjustment
                         may be made to this Section, as permitted
                         under Treasury Regulations, in the event an
                         employee is also entitled to an increased
                         benefit in any other Top-Heavy plan while it
                         is in the Aggregation Group with this Plan.

                    (C)  A Non-Key Employee who is otherwise entitled
                         to a minimum contribution under this Section
                         shall not fail to receive the required
                         minimum contribution because the Employee is
                         excluded from participation because the
                         Employee failed to make elective Deferred
                         Salary Contributions under the Plan.

               17.5 Adjustment to Limitation on Annual Additions

                    (A)  If the Employer also maintains a qualified
                         defined benefit plan (as defined in Section
                         3(35) ERISA and Section 414(j) of the Code)
                         and which is not part of a floor-offset
                         arrangement (as defined in Section 414(k) of
                         the Code) the denominator of both the Defined
                         Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined
                         Contribution Plan Fraction, as set forth in
                         Section 5.6, for the limitation year ending
                         in such Plan Year will be adjusted by
                         substituting one (1) for one and twenty-five
                         one hundredths (1.25) in each place the
                         figure occurs.

                    (B)  The adjustments referred to in paragraph (A)
                         are not required if:

                         (1)  the Plan would not be Top-Heavy if
                              ninety percent (90%) were substituted
                              for sixty percent (60%) in Section 17.1,
                              and

                         (2)  Section 17.4(A) is adjusted by
                              substituting four percent (4%) for three
                              percent (3%) where the figure occurs.

                    (C)  The adjustments referred to in paragraph (A)
                         above do not apply to any Participant as long
                         as no Employer contributions, forfeitures,
                         salary deferrals, or nondeductible voluntary
                         contributions are allocated to such
                         Participant's Accounts and the Participant
                         does not accrue any benefits under any
                         defined benefit plan maintained by the
                         Employer.




                                EXECUTION PAGE

          The Company has caused this amended and restated Plan to be
          adopted effective January 1, 1994, by having the Plan
          executed by its duly authorized officer this 22nd day of
          December, 1994.


                         FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                         BY_________________________________

                         ITS_________________________________









                                                        Exhibit 4.5
                         1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN OF
                       FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION
             (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 20, 1994)

     SECTION I.  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

          The Plan was established in 1990, and it was most recently
     amended and restated effective April 20, 1994.  The Plan offers
     selected employees, consultants and advisors and the nonemployee
     directors of the Company an opportunity to acquire a proprietary
     interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such
     interest, by exercising Options to purchase Shares of the
     Company's Common Stock.  Options granted under the Plan may
     include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify
     under section 422 of the Code.  The Plan also offers the
     nonemployee directors of the Company an opportunity to receive
     their directors' fees in the form of Shares of the Company's
     Common Stock.

     SECTION II.  DEFINITIONS

          A.   "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors
     of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

          B.   "Change in Control" means the occurrence of either of
     the following events:

               1.   A change in the composition of the Board of
     Directors, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the
     incumbent directors are directors who either:

                    a.   Had been directors of the Company 24 months
     prior to such change; or

                    b.   Were elected, or nominated for election, to
     the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a
     majority of the directors who had been directors of the Company
     24 months prior to such change and who were still in office at
     the time of the election or nomination; or

               2.   Any "person" (as such term is used in sections
     13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended) by the acquisition or aggregation of securities is or
     becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
     securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the
     combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
     securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under
     special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of
     directors (the "Base Capital Stock"); except that any change in
     the relative beneficial ownership of the Company's securities by
     any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate
     number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any
     decrease thereafter in such person's ownership of securities,
     shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner,
     directly or indirectly, such person's beneficial ownership of any
     securities of the Company. For purposes of this Subsection
     (B)(2), the term "person" shall not include an employee benefit
     plan maintained by the Company.

          C.   "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended.

          D.   "Committee" shall be the Compensation and Organization
     Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, as described
     in Section III(A).

          E.   "Company" shall mean Foundation Health Corporation, a
     Delaware corporation.

          F.   "Director" shall mean any individual who is not a
     common-law employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary and who is
     duly elected and serving the Company as a member of the Board of
     Directors.

          G.   "Employee" shall mean

               1.   An individual who is a common-law employee of the
     Company or of a Subsidiary; and

               2.   An independent contractor who performs services
     for the Company or a Subsidiary as an advisor or consultant and
     who is not a Director.  Service as an independent contractor
     shall be considered employment for all purposes of the Plan,
     except as provided in Section IV(A).

          H.   "Exercise Price" shall mean the amount for which one
     Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified
     in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

          I.   "Fair Market Value" shall mean the market price of
     Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:

               1.   If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the
     date in question but was not classified as a national market
     issue, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean
     between the last reported representative bid and asked prices
     quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date;

               2.   If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the
     date in question and was classified as a national market issue,
     then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction
     price quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date;

               3.   If the Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the
     date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to
     the closing price reported by the applicable
     composite-transactions report for such date; and

               4.   If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable,
     then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee
     in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

               In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by
     the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

          J.   "ISO" shall mean an employee incentive stock option
     described in section 422 of the Code.

          K.   "Nonstatutory Option" shall mean a stock option not
     described in section 422 or 423(b) of the Code.

          L.   "Option" shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option
     granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase
     Shares.

          M.   "Optionee" shall mean an individual who holds an
     Option.

          N.   "Plan" shall mean this 1990 Stock Option Plan of
     Foundation Health Corporation, as amended from time to time.

          O.   "Service" shall mean service as an Employee or Director
     including a Director of any Subsidiary of the Company.

          P.   "Share" shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in
     accordance with Section IX (if applicable).

          Q.   "Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

          R.   "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean the agreement
     between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms,
     conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her Option.

          S.   "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, if the Company
     and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50
     percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of
     outstanding stock of such corporation.  A corporation that
     attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption
     of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of
     such date.

          T.   "Total and Permanent Disability" shall mean that the
     Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity
     by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
     impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has
     lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of
     not less than 12 months.

     SECTION III.  ADMINISTRATION.

          A.   Committee Membership.  The Plan shall be administered
     by the Committee, which shall consist of three or more members of
     the Board of Directors.  The members of the Committee shall be
     appointed by the Board of Directors.  If no Committee has been
     appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall constitute the
     Committee.

          B.   Disinterested Directors.  Subsection (A) above
     notwithstanding, if the Company is subject to section 16 of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Committee shall
     consist only of disinterested directors.  A member of the Board
     of Directors shall be deemed to be "disinterested" only if he or
     she satisfies such requirements as the Securities and Exchange
     Commission may establish for disinterested administrators acting
     under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3
     (or its successor) under such Act.

          C.   Committee Procedures.  The Board of Directors shall
     designate one of the members of the Committee as chairperson. 
     The Committee may hold meetings at such times and places as it
     shall determine.  The acts of a majority of the Committee members
     present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to
     or approved in writing by all Committee members, shall be valid
     acts of the Committee.

          D.   Committee Responsibilities.  Subject to the provisions
     of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and
     discretion to take the following actions:

               1.   To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;

               2.   To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and
     forms relating to the Plan;

               3.   To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of
     the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of
     the Plan;

               4.   Except with respect to Optionees who are
     Directors, to determine when Options are to be granted under the
     Plan;

               5.   Except with respect to Optionees who are
     Directors, to select the Optionees;

               6.   Except with respect to Optionees who are
     Directors, to determine the number of Shares to be made subject
     to each Option;

               7.   Except with respect to Optionees who are
     Directors, to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Option,
     to determine whether such Option is to be classified as an ISO or
     as a Nonstatutory Option, and to specify the provisions of the
     Stock Option Agreement relating to such Option;

               8.   To amend any outstanding Stock Option Agreement,
     subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of
     the Optionee who entered into such agreement;

               9.   To prescribe the consideration for the grant of
     each Option under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of
     such consideration; and

               10.  To take any other actions deemed necessary or
     advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee
     shall be final and binding on all Optionees and all persons
     deriving their rights from an Optionee.  No member of the
     Committee shall be liable for any action that he or she has taken
     or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan or
     any Option.

     SECTION IV.  ELIGIBILITY.

          A.   Employees.  Only Employees (including, without
     limitation, independent contractors who are not Directors) shall
     be eligible for designation as Optionees by the Committee.  In
     addition, only Employees who are common-law employees of the
     Company or of a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of
     ISOs.

               1.   Ten-Percent Stockholders.  An Employee who owns
     more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all
     classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee
     for an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110 percent
     of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (ii)
     the ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of
     five years from the date of grant.

               2.   Attribution Rules.  For purposes of Subsection
     (A)(1) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall
     be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or
     for his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal
     descendants.  Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a
     corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be deemed to be
     owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners or
     beneficiaries.  Stock with respect to which such Employee holds
     an option shall not be counted.

               3.   Outstanding Stock.  For purposes of Subsection
     (A)(1) above, "outstanding stock" shall include all stock
     actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. 
     "Outstanding stock" shall not include treasury shares or shares
     authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the
     Employee or by any other person.

          B.   Directors.  Directors of the Company shall be eligible
     for participation in the Plan as set forth in Sections VI(B) and
     VIII.

     SECTION V.  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

          A.   Basic Limitation.  Shares offered under the Plan shall
     be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.  The
     aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan
     upon exercise  of Options shall not exceed 5,525,000 Shares,
     subject to adjustment pursuant to Section IX.  Commencing with
     July 1, 1994, the Committee shall not grant options to any one
     individual covering a number of shares in excess of 1,000,000
     (the "Allocation limit"), subject to adjustment pursuant to
     Section IX. The number of Shares which are subject to Options
     outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the
     number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under
     the Plan.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all
     times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the
     requirements of the Plan.

          B.   Additional Shares.  In the event that any outstanding
     Option for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise
     terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of
     such Option shall again be available for the purposes of the
     Plan.

          C.   Adjustment of Allocation Limit.  If,  as a result of
     subsequent regulations or other interpretive guidance, the
     Committee determines that (i) the inclusion of the Allocation
     Limit is not required in order for option grants to qualify as
     performance-based compensation under the provisions of Section
     162(m) of the Code, or (ii) option grants can qualify as
     performance-based compensation even if the Allocation Limit was
     made less restrictive, the Committee will be entitled to amend
     the Plan accordingly (including amendments to adjust or eliminate
     altogether the Allocation Limit).

     SECTION VI.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

          A.   Employees.

               1.   Stock Option Agreement.  Each grant of an Option
     under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement
     between the Optionee and the Company.  Such Option shall be
     subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and
     may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not
     inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems
     appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement.  The
     provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into
     under the Plan need not be identical.

               2.   Number of Shares.  Each Stock Option Agreement
     shall specify the number of shares that are subject to the Option
     and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance
     with Section IX.  The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify
     whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

               3.   Exercise Price.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall
     specify the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price shall not be less
     than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date
     of grant, except as otherwise provided in Section IV (A)(1). 
     Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price  under any
     Option shall be determined by the Committee at its sole
     discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form
     described in Section VII.

               4.   Exercisability and Term.  Each Stock Option
     Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of
     the Option is to become exercisable.  The vesting of any Option
     shall be determined by the Committee at its sole discretion.  A
     Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability
     in the event of the Optionee's death, Total and Permanent
     Disability or retirement or other events.  The Stock Option
     Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option. The term
     shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, except as
     otherwise provided in Section IV(A)(1).  Subject to the preceding
     sentence, the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine
     when an Option is to expire.

               5.   Effect of Change in Control.  The Committee may
     determine, at the time of granting an Option or thereafter, that
     such Option shall become fully exercisable as to all Shares
     subject to such Option in the event that a Change in Control
     occurs with respect to the Company.  If the Committee finds that
     there is a reasonable possibility that, within the succeeding six
     months, a Change in Control will occur with respect to the
     Company, then the Committee may determine that any or all
     outstanding Options shall become fully exercisable as to all
     Shares subject to such Options.

          B.   Directors.

               1.   Stock Option Agreements.  A Nonstatutory Option to
     purchase Shares shall be granted to each Director then in office
     on April 22, 1993.  In the case of a Director who is not a
     Director on April 22, 1993, the grant of an option to such
     Director under this Subsection (B)(1) shall occur on the date
     such Director takes office.  Each grant of an Option under the
     Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the
     Optionee and the Company.  Such Option shall be subject to all
     applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and to stockholder
     approval of this provision.  The provisions of the various Stock
     Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be
     identical.

               2.   Number of Shares.  Each Stock Option Agreement
     shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option
     and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance
     with Section IX.  The number of Shares that are subject to each
     Option under Subsection (B)(1) shall be 25,000.

               3.   Exercise Price.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall
     specify the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price shall be 100
     percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. 
     The Exercise Price shall be payable in cash or Common Stock.

               4.   Exercisability and Term.  Each Stock Option
     Agreement shall specify that the Option is to become exercisable
     in accordance with the following schedule:

               Anniversary of           Percentage of
               Date of Grant            Shares Exercisable

                  First                      20%
                  Second                     40%
                  Third                      60%
                  Fourth                     80%
                  Fifth                     100%

     The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option
     which shall be 10 years from the date of grant, unless earlier 
     terminated as set forth herein.

               5.   Amendments.  The foregoing provisions of this
     Subsection (B) shall not be amended more than once every six
     months, unless required by the Code or the regulations
     thereunder.

          C.   Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the exercise of
     an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the
     Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state,
     local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in
     connection with such exercise.  The Optionee shall also make such
     arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of
     any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations
     that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares
     acquired by exercising an Option.  The Committee may permit the
     Optionee to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or
     income tax obligations by having the Company withhold a portion
     of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by
     surrendering a portion of any Shares that previously were issued
     to him or her.  Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market
     Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. 
     Any payment of taxes by assigning Shares to the Company may be
     subject to restrictions, including any restrictions required by
     rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          D.   Nontransferability.  No Option shall be transferable by
     the Optionee other than by will, by a beneficiary designation
     executed by the Optionee and delivered to the Company or by the
     laws of descent and distribution.  An Option may be exercised
     during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him or her or by his
     or her guardian or legal representative.  No Option or interest
     therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by
     the Optionee during his or her lifetime, whether by operation of
     law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or
     similar process.

          E.   Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If an
     Optionee's Service terminates for any reason other than his or
     her death, then his or her Option(s) shall expire on the earliest
     of the following occasions:

               1.   The expiration date determined pursuant to
     Subsection (A)(4) or (B)(4) above;

               2.   The date 90 days after the termination of his or
     her Service for any reason other than Total and Permanent
     Disability; or

               3.   The date 12 months after the termination of his or
     her Service by reason of Total and Permanent Disability.

     The Optionee may exercise all or part of his or her Option(s) at
     any time before the expiration of such Option(s) under the
     preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Option(s)
     had become exercisable before his or her Service terminated or
     became exercisable as a result of the termination.  The balance
     of such Option(s) shall lapse when the Optionee's Service
     terminates unless otherwise specified in the applicable Stock
     Option Agreement.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the
     termination of his or her Service but before the expiration of
     his or her Option(s), all or part of such Option(s) may be
     exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or
     administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person who has
     acquired such Option(s) directly from him or her by bequest,
     beneficiary designation or inheritance, but only to the extent
     that such Option(s) had become exercisable before his or her
     Service terminated or became exercisable as a result of the
     termination.

          F.   Leaves of Absence.  For purposes of Subsection E above,
     Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on
     military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence
     (as determined by the Committee).  The foregoing notwithstanding,
     in the case of an ISO granted to an Employee under the Plan,
     Service shall not be deemed to continue beyond the first 90 days
     of such leave, unless the Optionee's reemployment rights are
     guaranteed by statute or by contract.

          G.   Death of Optionee.  If an Optionee dies while he or she
     is in Service, then his or her Option(s) shall expire on the
     earlier of the following dates:

               1.   The expiration date determined pursuant to
     Subsection (A)(4) or (B)(4) above; or

               2.   The date 12 months after his or her death.

               All or part of the Optionee's Option(s) may be
     exercised at any time before the expiration of such Option(s)
     under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators
     of his or her estate or by any person who has acquired such
     Option(s) directly from him or her by bequest, beneficiary
     designation or inheritance, but only to the extent that such
     Option(s) had become exercisable before his or her death or
     became exercisable as a result of his or her death.  The balance
     of such Option(s) shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

          H.   No Rights as a Stockholder.  An Optionee, or a
     transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder
     with respect to any Shares covered by his or her Option until the
     date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such Shares.  No
     adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section IX.

          I.   Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. 
     Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify,
     extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the
     cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the
     Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options
     for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a
     different price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification
     of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair
     his or her rights or increase his or her obligations under such
     Option.

          J.   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.  Any Shares issued
     upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special
     forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first
     refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may
     determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the
     applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to
     any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

     SECTION VII.  PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

          A.   General Rule.  The entire Exercise Price of Shares
     issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the
     United States of America at the time when such Shares are
     purchased, except as follows:

               1.   In the case of an ISO granted under the Plan to an
     Employee, payment shall be made only pursuant to the express
     provisions of the applicable Stock Option Agreement.  However,
     the Committee (at its sole discretion) may specify in the Stock
     Option Agreement that payment may be made in one or more of the
     forms described in Subsections (B), (C), (D) and (E) below.

               2.   In the case of a Nonstatutory Option granted under
     the Plan to an Employee, the Committee (at its sole discretion)
     may accept payment in one or more of the forms described in
     Subsections (B), (C), (D) and (E) below.

               3.   In the case of a Nonstatutory Option granted under
     the Plan to a Director, payment may be made in one or both of the
     forms described in Subsections (B) and (D) below.

          B.   Surrender of Stock.  To the extent that this Subsection
     (B) is applicable and to the extent that applicable law permits,
     payment may be made all or in part with Shares which have already
     been owned by the Optionee or his or her representative for more
     than six months and which are surrendered to the Company in good
     form for transfer.  Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair
     Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under
     the Plan.

          C.   Promissory Note.  To the extent that this Subsection
     (C) is applicable, a portion of the Exercise Price of Shares
     issued under the Plan may be payable by a full-recourse
     promissory note; provided that (i) the par value of such Shares
     must be paid in lawful money of the United States of America at
     the time when such Shares are purchased, (ii) the Shares are
     security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory
     note and interest thereon and (iii) the interest rate payable
     under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the
     minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of
     additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing,
     the Committee (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term,
     interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other
     provisions of such note.

          D.   Exercise/Sale.  To the extent that this Subsection (D)
     is applicable, payment may be made by the delivery (on a form
     prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a
     securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to
     deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in
     payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding
     taxes.

          E.   Exercise/Pledge.  To the extent that this Subsection
     (E) is applicable, payment may be made by the delivery (on a form
     prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge
     Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company,
     as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan
     proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise
     Price and any withholding taxes.

     SECTION VIII.  PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN STOCK.

          A.   Election.  A Director may elect to receive his or her
     director's fees from the Company in the form of Shares to be
     issued under the Plan.  Such an election may be made with respect
     to:

               1.   All director's fees, including (without
     limitation) annual retainer fees, meeting fees and fees paid to
     committee chairpersons, but not including expense reimbursements
     and consulting fees; or

               2.   Annual retainer payments only.

          An election under this Section VIII shall be filed with the
     Company on the prescribed form.  The election shall apply only to
     fees payable at least six months after such form has been
     received by the Company.  The election may be amended or canceled
     by filing a new form with the Company, but the new form shall
     apply only to fees payable at least six months after it has been
     received by the Company.  The number of Shares to be issued shall
     be determined by dividing the amount of the fee by the Fair
     Market Value of one Share on the date when such fee otherwise
     would be paid in cash.

          B.   Withholding Taxes.  The Director shall satisfy all of
     his or her federal, state or local withholding tax obligations
     (if any) by having the Company withhold a portion of the Shares
     that otherwise would be issued to him or her.  Such Shares shall
     be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes
     otherwise would be withheld in cash.  The payment of taxes by
     assigning Shares to the Company shall be subject to any
     restrictions required by rules of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

     SECTION IX.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

          A.   General.  In the event of a subdivision of the
     outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares,
     a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares
     in an amount that has a material effect on the value of Shares, a
     combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by
     reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a
     recapitalization or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall
     make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of
     Shares available for future grants under Section V, (ii) the
     number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the
     Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

          B.   Merger; Consolidation.  In the event that the Company
     is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options
     shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. 
     Such agreement shall provide (i) for the assumption of
     outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent,
     (ii) for their continuation by the Company, if the Company is a
     surviving corporation, (iii) for payment of a cash settlement
     equal to the difference between the amount to be paid for one
     Share under such agreement and the Exercise Price or (iv) for the
     acceleration of their exercisability followed by the cancellation
     of Options not exercised, in all cases other than clause (iii)
     without the Optionees' consent.  (The Optionees' consent shall be
     required for a cash settlement.)  Any cancellation shall not
     occur earlier than 30 days after such acceleration is effective
     and Optionees have been notified of such acceleration. In the
     case of Options that have been outstanding for less than 12
     months, a cancellation need not be preceded by an acceleration.

          C.   Reservation of Rights.  Except as provided in this
     Section IX, an Optionee shall have no rights by reason of (i) any
     subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class,
     (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or
     decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any
     issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
     securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
     not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made
     with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject
     to an Option.  The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall
     not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make
     adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its
     capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to
     dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its
     business or assets.

     SECTION X.  SECURITIES LAWS.

          Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the
     issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt
     from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without
     limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and
     regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and
     regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange on which
     the Company's securities may then be listed.

     SECTION XI.  NO RIGHTS TO SERVICE.

          No provision of the Plan, nor any Option granted under the
     Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become,
     to be treated as, or to remain an Employee or Director of the
     Company, as the case may be.  The Company and its Subsidiaries
     reserve the right to terminate any person's Service at any time
     and for any reason.

     SECTION XII.  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

          A.   Term of the Plan.  The Plan, as amended and restated,
     is effective as of April 20, 1994, subject to stockholder
     approval.  The Plan shall terminate automatically on March 31,
     2000 and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to
     Subsection (B) below.

          B.   Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan.  The Committee
     may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any
     reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan which
     increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the
     Plan (except as provided in Section IX), or which materially
     changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of
     ISOs, shall be subject to the approval of the Company's
     stockholders.  Stockholder approval shall not be required for any
     other amendment of the Plan, except to the extent required by
     applicable law.

          C.   Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No Shares shall be
     issued under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon
     exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination.  The
     termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not
     affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously
     granted under the Plan.

     SECTION XIII.  EXECUTION.

          To record the amendment and restatement of the Plan by the
     Board of Directors on April 20, 1994, the Company has caused its
     authorized officer to execute the same.

                                   FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/Daniel D. Crowley
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer







                                                             Exhibit 4.6

               1992 NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN OF

                    FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                        Effective May 19,1992

     SECTION I.  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

              The Plan is being established to offer selected
     employees of the Company an opportunity to acquire a proprietary
     interest in the success of FHC or to increase such interest, by
     exercising Options to purchase Shares of Stock.  Options granted
     under the Plan are Nonstatutory Options.

     SECTION II.  DEFINITIONS

              A.  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of
     Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

              B.  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended.

              C.  "Committee" shall mean a committee of the Board of
     Directors, as described in Section III(A).

              D.  "Company" shall mean Associated Claims Management,
     Inc. of California, a California corporation.

              E.  "Employee" shall mean any individual who is an
     employee of the Company or of designated Subsidiaries or
     affiliates of the Company; provided the term Employee shall not
     include any executive officer or director of FHC.

              F.  "Exercise Price" shall mean the amount for which one
     Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified
     in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

              G.  "Fair Market Value" shall mean the market price of
     Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:

              (i)  If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the
     date in question but was not classified as a national market
     issue, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the mean
     between the last reported representative bid and asked prices
     quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date, or if such date is not
     a trading day, on the last trading day immediately preceding such
     date;

              (ii)  If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the
     date in question and was classified as a national market issue,
     then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction
     price quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date, or if such date
     is not a trading day, on the last trading day immediately
     preceding such date;

              (iii)  If the Stock was traded on a stock exchange on
     the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal
     to the closing price reported by the applicable composite-
     transactions report for such date, or if such date is not a
     trading day, on the last trading day immediately preceding such
     date; and

              (iv)  If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable,
     then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee
     in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

              In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by
     the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

              H.  "FHC" shall mean Foundation Health Corporation, a
     Delaware corporation, and parent corporation of the Company.

              I.  "Nonstatutory Option" shall mean a stock option not
     described in section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

              J.  "Option" shall mean a Nonstatutory Option granted
     under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

              K.  "Optionee" shall mean an individual who holds an
     Option.

              L.  "Plan" shall mean this 1992 Nonstatutory Stock
     Option Plan of Foundation Health Corporation as amended from time
     to time.

              M.  "Service" shall mean service as an Employee.

              N.  "Share" shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted
     in accordance with Section VIII (if applicable).

              O.  "Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, $.01 par value
     per share, of FHC.

              P.  "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean the agreement
     between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms,
     conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her Option.

              Q.  "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, if the
     Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than
     50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of
     outstanding stock of such corporation.  A corporation that
     attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption
     of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of
     such date.

              R.  "Total and Permanent Disability" shall mean that the
     Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity
     by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
     impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has
     lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of
     not less than 12 months.

     SECTION III.  ADMINISTRATION.

              A.  Committee Membership.  The Plan shall be
     administered by the Committee, which shall consist of two or more
     members of the Board of Directors.  The members of the Committee
     shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.  If no Committee
     has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall
     constitute the Committee.

              B.  Committee Procedures.  The Board of Directors shall
     designate one of the members of the Committee as chairperson. 
     The Committee may hold meetings at such times and places as it
     shall determine.  The acts of a majority of the Committee members
     present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to
     or approved in writing by all Committee members, shall be valid
     acts of the Committee.

              C.  Committee Responsibilities.  Subject to the
     provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority
     and discretion to take the following actions:

              1.  To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;

              2.  To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and
                  forms relating to the Plan;

              3.  To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of
                  the Company, any instrument required to carry out
                  the purposes of the Plan;

              4.  To determine when Options are to be granted under
                  the Plan;

              5.  To select the Optionees;

              6.  To determine the number of Shares to be made
                  subject to each Option;

              7.  To prescribe the terms and conditions of each
                  Option, including (without limitation) the Exercise
                  Price, and to specify the provisions of the Stock
                  Option Agreement relating to such Option;

              8.  To amend any outstanding Stock Option Agreement,
                  subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the
                  consent of the Optionee who entered into such
                  agreement;

              9.  To prescribe the consideration for the grant of
                  each Option under the Plan and to determine the
                  sufficiency of such consideration; and

              10. To take any other actions deemed necessary or
                  advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee
     shall be final and binding on all Optionees and all persons
     deriving their rights from an Optionee.  No member of the
     Committee shall be liable for any action that he or she has taken
     or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan or
     any Option.

     SECTION IV.  ELIGIBILITY.

              Employees.  Employees shall be eligible for designation
     as Optionees by the Committee.

     SECTION V.  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

              A.  Basic Limitation.  Shares offered under the Plan
     shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.  The
     aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan
     upon exercise of Options shall not exceed 238,000 Shares, subject
     to adjustment pursuant to Section VIII.  The number of Shares
     which are subject to Options outstanding at any time under the
     Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain
     available for issuance under the Plan.  FHC, during the term of
     the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available
     sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

              B.  Additional Shares.  In the event that any
     outstanding Option for any reason expires or is canceled or
     otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised
     portion of such Option shall again be available for the purposes
     of the Plan.  In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are
     acquired by FHC pursuant to a forfeiture provision, a right of
     repurchase or a right of first refusal, such Shares shall again
     be available for the purposes of the Plan.

     SECTION VI.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

              A.  Terms.

              1.  Stock Option Agreement.  Each grant of an Option
     under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement
     between the Optionee and the Company.  Such Option shall be
     subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and
     may be subject to any other terms and conditions which the
     Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option
     Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements
     entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

              2.  Number of Shares.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall
     specify the number of shares that are subject to the Option
     and,shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance
     with Section VIII.

              3.  Exercise Price.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall
     specify the Exercise Price which shall be 100 percent of the Fair
     Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.  The Exercise Price
     shall be payable in a form described in Section VII.

              4.  Exercisability and Term.  Each Stock Option
     Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of
     the Option is to become exercisable.  An Option shall become
     exercisable at least as rapidly as set forth in the following
     schedule:

                  Anniversary of       Percentage of
                   Date of Grant    Shares Exercisable

                       First              33-1/3%
                       Second             66-2/3%
                       Third                 100%

     Subject to the preceding sentence, the vesting of any Option
     shall be determined by the Committee at its sole discretion.  A
     Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability
     in the event of the Optionee's death, Total and Permanent
     Disability or retirement, a change in control with respect to FHC
     or other events.  The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify
     the term of the Option.  The term shall not exceed 10 years from
     the date of grant.  Subject to the preceding sentence, the
     Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option
     is to expire.

              B.  Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the exercise
     of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the
     Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state,
     local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in
     connection with such exercise.

              C.  Nontransferability.  No Option shall be transferable
     by the Optionee other than by will, by a beneficiary designation
     executed by the Optionee and delivered to the Company or by the
     laws of descent and distribution.  An Option may be exercised
     during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him or her or by his
     or her guardian or legal representative.  No Option or interest
     therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by
     the Optionee during his or her lifetime, whether by operation of
     law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or
     similar process.

              D.  Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If an
     Optionee's Service terminates for any reason other than his or
     her death, then his or her Option(s) shall expire on the earliest
     of the following occasions:

              1.  The expiration date determined pursuant to
                  Subsection A(4) above;

              2.  The date 90 days after the termination of his or
                  her Service for any reason other than Total and
                  Permanent Disability; or

              3.  The date 12 months after the termination of his or
                  her Service by reason of Total and Permanent
                  Disability.

     The Optionee may exercise all or part of his or her Option(s) at
     any time before the expiration of such Option(s) under the
     preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Option(s)
     had become exercisable before his or her Service terminated or
     became exercisable as a result of the termination.  The balance
     of such Option(s) shall lapse when the Optionee's Service
     terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the
     termination of his or her Service but before the expiration of
     his or her Option(s), all or part of such Option(s) may be
     exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or
     administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person who has
     acquired such Option(s) directly from him or her by bequest,
     beneficiary designation or inheritance, but only to the extent
     that such Option(s) had become exercisable before his or her
     Service terminated or became exercisable as a result of the
     termination.

              E.  Leaves of Absence.  For purposes of Subsection D
     above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is
     on a military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of
     absence (as determined by the Committee) which has been approved
     by the Company in writing.

              F.  Death of Optionee.  If an Optionee dies while he or
     she is in Service, then his or her Option(s) shall expire on the
     earlier of the following dates:

              1.  The expiration date determined pursuant to
                  Subsection A(4) above; or

              2.  The date 12 months after his or her death.
     All or part of the Optionee's Option(s) may be exercised at any
     time before the expiration of such Option(s) under the preceding
     sentence by the executors or administrators of his or her estate
     or by any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from
     him or her by bequest, beneficiary designation or inheritance,
     but only to the extent that such Option(s) had become exercisable
     before his or her death or became exercisable as a result of his
     or her death.  The balance of such Option(s) shall lapse when the
     Optionee dies.

              G.  No Rights as a Stockholder.  An Optionee, or a
     transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder
     of FHC with respect to any Shares covered by his or her Option
     until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such
     Shares.  No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in
     Section VIII.

              H.  Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. 
     Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify,
     extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the
     cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the
     Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options
     for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a
     different price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification
     of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair
     his or her rights or increase his or her obligations under such
     Option.

              I.  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.  Any Shares
     issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such
     special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of
     first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee
     may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the
     applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to
     any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

     SECTION VII.  PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

              A.  General Rule.  The entire Exercise Price of Shares
     issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the
     United States of America at the time when such Shares are
     purchased, except that the Committee (at its sole discretion) may
     accept payment in one or more of the forms described below:

              1.  Surrender of Stock.  To the extent that this
     Subsection (1) is applicable, payment may be made all or in part
     with Shares which have already  been owned by the optionee or his
     or her representative for more than twelve months and which are
     surrendered to FHC in good form for transfer.  Such Shares shall
     be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new
     Shares are purchased under the Plan.

              2.  Exercise/Sale.  To the extent that this Subsection
     (2) is applicable, payment may be made by the delivery (on a form
     prescribed by FHC) of an irrevocable direction to a securities
     broker approved by FHC to sell Shares and to deliver all or part
     of the sales proceeds to FHC in payment of all or part of the
     Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

              3.  Exercise/Pledge.  To the extent that this Subsection
     (3) is applicable, payment may be made by the delivery (on a form
     prescribed by FHC) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares
     to a securities broker or lender approved by FHC, as security for
     loan and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to FHC in
     payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding
     taxes.

              4.  Promissory Note.  To the extent that this Subsection
     (4) is applicable, a portion of the Exercise Price of Shares
     issued under the Plan may be payable by a full-recourse
     promissory note, provided that (i) the par value of such Shares
     must be paid in lawful money of the United States of America at
     the time when such Shares are purchased, (ii) the Shares are
     security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory
     note and interest thereon, and (iii) the interest rate payable
     under the terms of the promissory note shall be no less than the
     minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of
     additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing,
     the Committee (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term,
     interest rate, amortization requirements (if any), and other
     provisions of such note.

     SECTION VIII.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

              A.  General.  In the event of a subdivision of the
     outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares,
     a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares
     in an amount that has a material effect on the value of Shares, a
     combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by
     reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a
     recapitalization or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall
     make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of
     Shares available for future grants under Section V, (ii) the
     number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the
     Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

              B.  Merger; Consolidation.  In the event that FHC is a
     party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be
     subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation.  Such
     agreement may provide, without limitation, (i) for the assumption
     of outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its
     parent, (ii) for their continuation by FHC, if FHC is a surviving
     corporation, (iii) for payment of a cash settlement equal to the
     difference between the amount to be paid for one Share under such
     agreement and the Exercise Price or (iv) for the acceleration of
     their exercisability followed by the cancellation of Options not
     exercised.  In the case of Options that have been outstanding for
     less than 12 months, a cancellation need not be preceded by an
     acceleration.

              C.  Reservation of Rights.  Except as provided in this
     Section VIII, an Optionee shall have no rights by reason of (i)
     any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class,
     (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or
     decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any
     issue by FHC of shares of stock of any class, or securities
     convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect,
     and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect
     to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. 
     The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in
     any way the right or power of FHC or the Company to make
     adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its
     capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to
     dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its
     business or assets.

     SECTION IX.  SECURITIES LAWS.

              Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the
     issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt
     from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without
     limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and
     regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and
     regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange on which
     FHC's securities may then be listed.

     SECTION X.  NO RIGHTS TO SERVICE.

              No provision of the Plan, nor any Option granted under
     the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to
     become, to be treated as or to remain an Employee.  FHC, the
     Company and subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company reserve
     the right to terminate any person's Service at any time and for
     any reason.

     SECTION XI.  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

              A.  Term of the Plan.  The Plan is effective as of
     __________, 1992.  The Plan shall terminate automatically on
     __________, 2002 and may be terminated on any earlier date
     pursuant to Subsection B below.

              B.  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan.  The Committee
     may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any
     reason except the consent of FHC shall be required to add shares
     available for the grant of options.

              C.  Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No Shares shall
     be issued under the Plan after the termination thereof, except
     upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. 
     The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not
     affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously
     granted under the Plan.

     SECTION XII.  EXECUTION.

              FHC has caused its authorized officer to execute this
     Plan as of May 19, 1992.

                                     FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION

                                     By: /s/ Daniel D. Crowley        


     1992 NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN OF FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION:

                      NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     Foundation Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("FHC"),
     hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its common stock to
     the optionee named below.  The terms and conditions of the option
     are set forth in this cover sheet, in the attachment and in the
     1992 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan of Foundation Health
     Corporation (the "Plan").

     Date of Option Grant: _______________, 199_ 

     Name of Optionee: ________________________________________

     Optionee's Social Security Number: ____ - ___ - _____

     Number of Shares of FHC Common Stock Covered by Option: _________

     Exercise Price per Share: $________._____

     Vesting Start Date: _______________, 199__

     By signing this cover sheet, you agree to all of the terms and
     conditions described in the attachment and in the Plan.

     Optionee: __________________________________________________________
                                 Signature

     FHC: _______________________________________________________________
                                 Signature

                 Title:______________________________________

     Attachment


     1992 NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN OF FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION:

                      NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

              Nonstatutory Stock Option.  This option is not intended
     to be an incentive stock option under section 422 of the Internal
     Revenue Code.

              Vesting.  Your right to exercise this option shall
     accrue in installments as follows:

                  Anniversary of       Percentage of
                   Date of Grant    Shares Exercisable

                       First              33-1/3%
                       Second             66-2/3%
                       Third                 100%

              No additional shares become exercisable after your
     service has terminated for any reason.

              Term.  Your option will expire in any event at the close
     of business on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of
     Grant, as shown on the cover sheet.  (It will expire earlier if
     your service terminates, as described below.)

              Regular Termination.  If your service as an employee of
     Associated Claims Management, Inc. of California (the "Company")
     (or any subsidiary or affiliate) terminates for any reason except
     death or total and permanent disability, then your option will
     expire at the close of business on the 90th day after your
     termination date.  During such period you may exercise the vested
     portion of your option.

              The Company determines when your service terminates for
     this purpose.

              Death.  If you die while an employee of the Company (or
     any subsidiary or affiliate), then your option vill expire at the
     close of business on the date twelve months after the date of
     death.  During that twelve-month period, your estate or heirs may
     exercise the vested portion of your option.

              Disability.  If your service as an employee of the
     Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate) terminates because of
     your total and permanent disability, then your option will expire
     at the close of business on the date twelve months after your
     termination date.

              "Total and permanent disability" means that you are
     unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of
     any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which
     can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be
     expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than one
     year.

              Leaves of Absence.  For purposes of this option, your
     service does not terminate when you go on a military leave, a
     sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave
     was approved by the Company in writing.  But your service
     terminates when the approved leave ends, unless you immediately
     return to active work.

              The Company determines which leaves count for this
     purpose.

              Restrictions on Exercise.  The Company will not permit
     you to exercise this option if the issuance of shares at that
     time would violate any law or regulation.

              Notice of Exercise.  When you wish to exercise this
     option, you must notify FHC by filing the proper "Notice of
     Exercise" form at the address given on the form.  Your notice
     must specify how many shares you wish to purchase.  Your notice
     must also specify how your shares should be registered (in your
     name only or in your and your spouse's names as community
     property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship).  The
     notice will be effective when it is received by FHC.

              If someone else wants to exercise this option after your
     death, that person must prove to FHC's satisfaction that he or
     she is entitled to do so.

              Form of Payment.  When you submit your notice of
     exercise, you must include payment of the exercise price for the
     shares you are purchasing.  Payment may be made in one or a
     combination of two or more) of the following forms:

              1.  Your personal check, a cashier's check or a money
                  order.

              2.  Irrevocable directions to a securities broker
                  approved by FHC to sell your option shares and to
                  deliver all or a portion of the sale proceeds to
                  FHC in payment of the option price.  (The balance
                  of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to
                  you.) The directions must be given by signing a
                  "Notice of Exercise" form provided by FHC.

              3.  Certificates for FHC stock that you have owned for
                  at least twelve months, along with any forms needed
                  to effect a transfer of the shares to FHC.  The
                  value of the shares, determined as of the effective
                  date of the option exercise, will be applied to the
                  option price.

              Withholding Taxes.  You will not be allowed to exercise
     this option unless you make acceptable arrangements to pay any
     withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the option
     exercise.

              Restrictions on Resale.  By signing this Agreement, you
     agree not to sell any option shares at a time when applicable
     laws or FHC policies prohibit a sale.  This restriction will
     apply as long as you are an employee of the Company (or any
     subsidiary or affiliate).

              Transfer of Option.  Prior to your death, only you may
     exercise this option.  You cannot transfer or assign this option. 
     For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security
     for a loan.  If you attempt to do any of these things, this
     option will immediately become invalid.  You may, however,
     dispose of this option in your will.

              Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement,
     FHC is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your
     former spouse, nor is FHC obligated to recognize your former
     spouse's interest in your option in any other way.

              Retention Rights.  Your option or this Agreement do not
     give you the right to be retained by FHC, the Company (or any
     subsidiary or affiliate) in any capacity.  FHC, the Company (and
     any subsidiary or affiliate) reserve the right to terminate your
     service at any time, with or without cause.

              Stockholder Rights.  You, or your estate or heirs, have
     no rights as a stockholder of FHC until a certificate for your
     option shares has been issued.  No adjustments are made for
     dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs
     before your stock certificate is issued, except as described in
     the Plan.

              Adjustments.  In the event of a stock split, a stock
     dividend or a similar change in FHC stock, the number of shares
     covered by this option and the exercise price per share may be
     adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

              Applicable Law.  This Agreement will be interpreted and
     enforced under the laws of the State of California.

              The Plan and Other Agreements.  The text of the Plan is
     incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

              This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire
     understanding between you and FHC regarding this option.  Any
     prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this
     option are superseded.

              By signing the cover sheet of this Agreement, you agree
     to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the
     Plan.






                                                        Exhibit 4.7

                              1989 STOCK PLAN OF
                        BUSINESS INSURANCE CORPORATION

                 As Amended and Restated, September 22, 1992

          SECTION 1.  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE. 

                    The Plan was established in 1989 to offer
          selected employees, directors, advisers and consultants
          an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the
          success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by
          purchasing Shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Plan
          provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and
          for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options
          granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options
          as well as ISOs intended to qualify under section 422 of
          the Code. 

          SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS.

                         (a)  "Board of Directors" shall mean the
          Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from
          time to time. 

                         (b)  "Code" shall mean the Internal
          Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

                         (c)  "Committee" shall mean a committee of
          the Board of Directors, as described in Section 3(a). 

                         (d)  "Company" shall mean Business
          Insurance Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 

                         (e)  "Employee" shall mean (i) any
          individual who is a common-law employee of the Company or
          of a Subsidiary, (ii) a member of the Board of Directors
          and (iii) an independent contractor or advisor who
          performs services for the Company or a Subsidiary.
          Service as a member of the Board of Directors or as an
          independent contractor or advisor shall be considered
          employment for all purposes of the Plan except the second
          sentence of Section 4(a). 

                         (f)  "Exercise Price" shall mean the
          amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise
          of an Option, as specified by the Committee in the
          applicable Stock Option Agreement. 

                         (g)  "Fair Market Value" shall mean the
          fair market value of a Share, as determined by the
          Committee in good faith. Such determination shall be
          conclusive and binding on all persons. 

                         (h)  "ISO" shall mean an employee
          incentive stock option described in section 422 of the
          Code. 

                         (i)  "Nonstatutory Option" shall mean an
          employee stock option not described in section 422 of the
          Code. 

                         (j)  "Offeree" shall mean an individual to
          whom the Committee has offered the right to acquire
          Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an
          Option). 

                         (k)  "Option" shall mean an ISO or
          Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling
          the holder to purchase Shares. 

                         (l)  "Optionee" shall mean an individual
          who holds an Option. 

                         (m)  "Plan" shall mean this 1989 Stock
          Plan of Business Insurance Corporation, as amended. 

                         (n)  "Purchase Price" shall mean the
          consideration for which one Share may be acquired under
          the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as
          specified by the Committee. 

                         (o)  "Service" shall mean service as an
          Employee. 

                         (p)  "Share" shall mean one share of
          Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 9 (if
          applicable). 

                         (q)  "Stock" shall mean the Common Stock
          of the Company. 

                         (r)  "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean
          the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which
          contains the terms, conditions and restrictions
          pertaining to his Option. 

                         (s)  "Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean
          the agreement between the Company and an Offeree who
          acquires Shares under the Plan which contains the terms,
          conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition
          of such Shares. 

                         (t)  "Subsidiary" shall mean any
          corporation, if the Company and/or more other
          Subsidiaries own not less than 50 percent of the total
          combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock
          of such corporation. A corporation that attains the
          status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of
          the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as
          of such date. 

                         (u)  "Total and Permanent Disability"
          shall mean that the Optionee is unable to perform his
          customary duties as an Employee by reason of any
          medically determinable physical or mental impairment
          which can be expected to result in death or which has
          lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous
          period of not less than six months. 

          SECTION 3.  ADMINISTRATION. 

                         (a)  Committee Membership. The Plan shall
          be administered by the Board of Directors unless and
          until the Board of Directors delegates administration to
          a committee, as provided in this Section 3. The Board of
          Directors may delegate administration of the Plan to a
          committee composed of not fewer than two (2) directors
          (the "Committee"), all of the members of which Committee
          shall be disinterested persons, if required and as
          defined by the provisions of subparagraph 3(b). If
          administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee
          shall have, in connection with the administration of the
          Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board of
          Directors, subject, however, to such resolutions, not
          inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be
          adopted from time to time by the Board. Additionally,
          prior to the date of the first registration of an equity
          security of the Company under Section 12 of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
          "Exchange Act"), and notwithstanding anything to the
          contrary contained herein, the Board of Directors may
          delegate administration of the Plan to any person or
          persons and the term "Committee" shall apply to any
          person or persons to whom such authority has been
          delegated. 

                         (b)  The term "disinterested person," as
          used in this Plan, shall mean a director: (i) who was not
          during the one (1) year prior to service as an
          administrator of the Plan granted or awarded equity
          securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the
          Company or any of its affiliates entitling the
          participants therein to acquire equity securities of the
          Company or any of its affiliates except as permitted by
          Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i) ("Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i)") promulgated
          under the Exchange Act; or (ii) who is otherwise
          considered to be a "disinterested person" in accordance
          with Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i), or any other applicable rules,
          regulations or interpretations of the Securities and
          Exchange Commission. Any such person shall otherwise
          comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated
          under the Exchange Act. 

                         (c)  Any requirement that an administrator
          of the Plan be a "disinterested person" shall not apply
          (i) prior to the date of the first registration of an
          equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the
          Exchange Act, or (ii) if the Board of Directors or the
          Committee expressly declares that such requirement shall
          not apply. 

                         (d)  Committee Procedures. The Board of
          Directors shall designate one of the members of the
          Committee as chairman. The Committee may hold meetings at
          such times and place as it shall determine. The acts of a
          majority of the Committee members present at meetings at
          which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or approved in
          writing by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of
          the Committee. 

                         (e)  Committee Responsibilities. Subject
          to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors, or
          if one be appointed, the Committee, shall have full
          authority and discretion to take the following actions: 

                              (i)  To interpret the Plan and
               to apply its provisions; 

                             (ii)  To adopt, amend or rescind
               rules, procedures and forms relating to the
               Plan; 

                            (iii)  To authorize any person to
               execute, on behalf of the Company, any
               instrument required to carry out the purposes
               of the Plan; 

                             (iv)  To determine when Shares
               are to be awarded or offered for sale and when
               Options are to be granted under the Plan; 

                              (v)  To select the Offerees and
               Optionees; 

                             (vi)  To determine the number of
               Shares to be offered to each Offeree or to be
               made subject to each Option; 

                            (vii)  To prescribe the terms and
               conditions of each award or sale of Shares,
               including (without limitation) the Purchase
               Price, and to specify the provisions of the
               Stock Purchase Agreement relating to such award
               or sale; 

                           (viii)  To prescribe the terms and
               conditions of each Option, including (without
               limitation) the Exercise Price, to determine
               whether such Option is to be classified as an
               ISO or as a Nonstatutory Option, and to specify
               the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement
               relating to such Option; 

                             (ix)  To amend any outstanding
               Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option
               Agreement, subject to applicable legal
               restrictions and to the consent of the Offeree
               or Optionee who entered into such agreement; 

                              (x)  To prescribe the
               consideration for the grant of each Option or
               other right under the Plan and to determine the
               sufficiency of such consideration; and 

                             (xi)  To take any other actions
               deemed necessary or advisable for the
               administration of the Plan. 

          All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the
          Board of Directors or Committee shall be final and
          binding on all Offerees, all Optionees, and all persons
          deriving their rights from an Offeree or Optionee. No
          member of the Board of Directors or Committee shall be
          liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to
          take in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Option,
          or any right to acquire Shares under the Plan. 

                         (f)  Financial Reports. Not less often
          than annually, the Company shall furnish to Optionees and
          Offerees reports of its financial condition, unless such
          optionees and Offerees have access to equivalent
          information through their employment. Such reports need
          not be audited. 

          SECTION 4.  ELIGIBILITY. 

                         (a)  General Rule. Only Employees shall be
          eligible for designation as Optionees or Offerees by the
          Committee. In addition, only individuals who are employed
          as common-law employees by the Company or a Subsidiary
          shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. 

                         (b)  Directors.  A director shall in no
          event be eligible for the benefits of the Plan unless at
          the time discretion is exercised in the selection of the
          director as a person to whom options may be granted, or
          in the determination of the number of shares which may be
          covered by options granted to the director: (i) the Board
          of Directors has delegated its discretionary authority
          over the Plan to a committee which consists solely of
          "disinterested persons" as defined in subparagraph 3(b);
          (ii) the Plan otherwise complies with the requirements of
          Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as from
          time to time in effect; or (iii) the Board of Directors
          or the Committee expressly declares that such requirement
          will not apply. The Board of Directors shall otherwise
          comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated
          under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in effect,
          unless the Board or the committee expressly declares that
          such requirement will not apply. This subparagraph 4(b)
          shall not apply prior to the date of the first
          registration of an equity security of the Company under
          Section 12 of the Exchange Act. 

                         (c)  Ten-Percent Shareholders. An Employee
          who owns more than 10 percent of the total combined
          voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible
          for designation as an Optionee or Offeree unless (i) the
          Exercise Price or Purchase Price (if any) is at least 110
          percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date
          of grant and (ii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its
          terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five
          years from the date of grant. 

                         (d)  Attribution Rules. For purposes of
          Subsection (c) above, in determining stock ownership, an
          Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly
          or indirectly, by or for his brothers, sisters, spouse,
          ancestors and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly
          or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership,
          estate or trust shall be deemed to be owned
          proportionately by or for its shareholders, partners or
          beneficiaries. Stock with respect to which such Employee
          holds an option shall not be counted. 

                         (e)  Outstanding Stock. For purposes of
          Subsection (c) above, "outstanding stock" shall include
          all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately
          after the grant. "Outstanding stock" shall not include
          shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options
          held by the Employee or by any other person. 

          SECTION 5.  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN. 

                         (a)  Basic Limitation.  Shares offered
          under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or
          treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares which may
          be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of Options or
          other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed 514,000
          Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9,
          provided, however, that the number of Shares which may be
          issued from time to time under the Plan (upon exercise of
          Options or other rights to purchase Shares) shall not in
          the aggregate (inclusive of prior outstanding issuances
          under the Plan) exceed 30% of the then (upon the date of
          such issuance) outstanding stock of the Company (treating
          for purposes of this computation, all shares of Preferred
          Stock of the Company as having been converted into Stock
          on the date of such issuance). The number of Shares which
          are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any
          time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares
          which then remain available for issuance under the Plan.
          The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all
          times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to
          satisfy the requirements of the Plan. 

                         (b)  Additional Shares. In the event that
          any outstanding Option or other right for any reason
          expires or is cancelled or otherwise terminated, the
          Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such
          Option or other right shall again be available for the
          purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued
          under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to
          a forfeiture provision, a right of repurchase or a right
          of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available
          for the purposes of the Plan. 

          SECTION 6.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES. 

                         (a)  Stock Purchase Agreement. Each award
          or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon
          exercise of an option) shall be evidenced by a Stock
          Purchase Agreement between the Offeree and the Company.
          Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable
          terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to
          any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent
          with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate
          for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The
          provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements
          entered into under the Plan need not be identical. 

                         (b)  Duration of Offers and
          Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to acquire Shares
          under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically
          expire if not exercised by the Offeree within 30 days
          after the grant of such right was communicated to him by
          the Committee. Such right shall not be transferable and
          shall be exercisable only by the Offeree to whom such
          right was granted. 

                         (c)  Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of
          Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less
          than 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of such Shares,
          except as otherwise provided in Section 4(c). Subject to
          the preceding sentence, the Purchase Price shall be
          determined by the Committee as its sole discretion. The
          Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in
          Section 8.

                         (d)  Withholding Taxes. As a condition to
          the purchase of Shares, the Offeree shall make such
          arrangements as the Committee may require for the
          satisfaction of any federal, state or local withholding
          tax obligations that may arise in connection with such
          purchase. 

                         (e)  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.
          Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be
          subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of
          repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer
          restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such
          restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock
          Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any
          general restrictions that may apply to all holders of
          Shares. Any service-based vesting conditions shall not be
          less rapid than the schedule set forth in Section 7(e). 

          SECTION 7.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. 

                         (a)  Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of
          an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock
          Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.
          Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and
          conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other
          terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the
          Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for
          inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of
          the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under
          the Plan need not be identical. 

                         (b)  Number of Shares. Each Stock Option
          Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are
          subject to the Option and shall provide for the
          adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 9.
          The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the
          Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option. 

                         (c)  Exercise Price. Each Stock Option
          Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise
          Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100 percent of the
          Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, except
          as otherwise provided in Section 4(c). The Exercise Price
          of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 85
          percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date
          of grant, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(c).
          Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise
          Price under any Option shall be determined by the
          Committee at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price
          shall be payable in a form described in Section 8. 

                         (d)  Withholding Taxes. As a condition to
          the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such
          arrangements as the Committee may require for the
          satisfaction of any federal, state or local withholding
          tax obligations that may arise in connection with such
          exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements
          as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any
          federal, state or local withholding tax obligations that
          may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares
          acquired by exercising an Option. 

                         (e)  Exercisability and Term. Each Stock
          Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any
          installment of the Option is to become exercisable. An
          Option shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as
          set forth in the following schedule: 

                    Anniversary of           Percentage of Shares 
                    Date of Grant                 Exercisable      

                          First . . . . . . . . . . .  20%         
                          Second  . . . . . . . . .    40%         
                          Third . . . . . . . . . .    60%         
                          Fourth  . . . . . . . . .    80%         
                          Fifth . . . . . . . . . .   100%         

          Subject to the preceding sentence, the vesting of any
          option shall be determined by the Committee at its sole
          discretion. A Stock Option Agreement may provide for
          accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's
          death, Total and Permanent Disability, retirement or
          other events. The Stock Option Agreement shall also
          specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed
          10 years from the date of grant, except as otherwise
          provided in Section 4(c). Subject to the preceding
          sentence, the Committee at its sole discretion shall
          determine when an Option is to expire. 

                         (f)  Nontransferability. During an
          Optionee's lifetime, his Option(s) shall be exercisable
          only by him and shall not be transferable. In the event
          of an Optionee's death, his Option(s) shall not be
          transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent
          and distribution. 

                         (g)  Termination of Service (Except by
          Death). If an Optionee's Service terminates for any
          reason other than his death, then his Option(s) shall
          expire on the earliest of the following occasions: 

                              (i)  The expiration date
               determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; 

                             (ii)  The date 90 days after the
               termination of his Service for any reason other
               than Total and Permanent Disability; or 

                            (iii)  The date six months after
               the termination of his Service by reason of
               Total and Permanent Disability. 

          The Optionee may exercise all or part of his Option(s) at
          any time before the expiration of such Option(s) under
          the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such
          Option(s) had become exercisable before his Service
          terminated or became exercisable as a result of the
          termination. The balance of such Option(s) shall lapse
          when the Optionee's Service terminates. In the event that
          the Optionee dies after the termination of his Service
          but before the expiration of his Option(s), all or part
          of such Option(s) may be exercised (prior to expiration)
          by the executors or administrators of the Optionee's
          estate or by any person who has acquired such Option(s)
          directly from him by bequest or inheritance, but only to
          the extent that such Option(s) had become exercisable
          before his Service terminated or became exercisable as a
          result of the termination. 

                         (h)  Leaves of Absence. For purposes of
          Subsection (g) above, Service shall be deemed to continue
          while the Optionee is on military leave, sick leave or
          other bona fide leave of absence (as determined by the
          Committee). The foregoing notwithstanding, in the case of
          an ISO granted under the Plan, Service shall not be
          deemed to continue beyond the first 90 days of such
          leave, unless the Optionee's reemployment rights are
          guaranteed by statute or by contract. 

                         (i)  Death of Optionee. If an Optionee
          dies while he is in Service, then his Option(s) shall
          expire on the earlier of the following dates: 

                              (i)  The expiration date
               determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

                             (ii)  The date six months after
               his death. All or part of the Optionee's
               Option(s) may be exercised at any time before
               the expiration of such Option(s) under the
               preceding sentence by the executors or
               administrators of his estate or by any person
               who has acquired such Option(s) directly from
               him by bequest or inheritance, but only to the
               extent that such Option(s) had become
               exercisable before his death or became
               exercisable as a result of his death. The
               balance of such Option(s) shall lapse when the
               Optionee dies. 

                         (j)  No Rights as a Stockholder. An
          Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no
          rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares
          covered by his Option until the date of the issuance of a
          stock certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall
          be made, except as provided in Section 9. 

                         (k)  Modification, Extension and Renewal
          of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the
          Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options
          or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (to
          the extent not previously exercised) in return for the
          grant of new Options at the same or a different price.
          The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an
          Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair
          his rights or increase his obligations under such Option.

                         (l)  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.
          Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be
          subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of
          repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer
          restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such
          restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock
          Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any
          general restrictions that may apply to all holders of
          Shares. Any service-based vesting conditions shall not be
          less rapid than the schedule set forth in Subsection (e)
          above. 

          SECTION 8.  PAYMENT FOR SHARES. 

                         (a)  General Rule.  The entire Purchase
          Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan
          shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of
          America at the time when such Shares are purchased,
          except as provided in Subsections (b) and (c) below. 

                         (b)  Surrender of Stock. To the extent
          that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be
          made all or in part with Shares which have already been
          owned by the Optionee or his representative for more than
          12 months and which are surrendered to the Company in
          good form for transfer. Such Shares shall be valued at
          their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares
          are purchased under the Plan. 

                         (c)  Services Rendered. At the discretion
          of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in
          consideration of services rendered to the Company or a
          Subsidiary prior to the award. If Shares are awarded
          without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the
          Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the
          award) of the value of the services rendered by the
          Offeree and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet
          the requirements of Section 6(c). 

          SECTION 9.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES. 

                         (a)  General. In the event of a
          subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a
          dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend
          payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has
          a material effect on the value of Shares, a combination
          or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by
          reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of
          Shares, a recapitalization or a similar occurrence, the
          Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in one or
          more of (i) the number of Shares available for future
          grants under Section 5, (ii) the number of Shares covered
          by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price
          under each outstanding Option. 

                         (b)  Reorganizations. In the event that
          the Company is a party to a merger or other
          reorganization, outstanding Options shall be subject to
          the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement
          shall provide for the assumption of outstanding Options
          by the surviving corporation or its parent or for their
          continuation by the Company (if the Company is a
          surviving corporation), provided, however, that if
          assumption or continuation of the outstanding Options is
          not provided by such agreement then the Committee shall
          have the option of offering (i) the payment of a cash
          settlement equal to the difference between the amount to
          be paid for one Share under such agreement and the
          Exercise Price, or (ii) the acceleration of their
          exercisability followed by the cancellation of Options
          not exercised, in all cases without the Optionees'
          consent. Any cancellation shall not occur earlier than 30
          days after such acceleration is effective and Optionees
          have been notified of such acceleration. In the case of
          Options that have been outstanding for less than 12
          months, a cancellation need not be preceded by an
          acceleration. 

                         (c)  Reservation of Rights. Except as
          provided in this Section 9, an Optionee or Offeree shall
          have no rights by reason of any class, the payment of any
          dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number
          of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company
          of shares of stock of any class, or securities
          convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not
          affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made
          with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares
          subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to
          the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power
          of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications,
          reorganizations or changes of its capital or business
          structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve,
          liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its
          business or assets. 

          SECTION 10.  SECURITIES LAWS. 

                    Shares shall not be issued under the Plan
          unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies
          with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of
          law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of
          1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated
          thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and
          the regulations of any stock exchange on which the
          Company's securities may then be listed. 

          SECTION 11.  NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. 

                    No provision of the Plan, nor any right or
          Option granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give
          any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to
          remain an Employee. The Company and its Subsidiaries
          reserve the right to terminate any person's Service at
          any time and for any reason. 

          SECTION 12.  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS. 

                         (a)  Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set
          forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its
          adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the
          approval of the Company's stockholders. In the event that
          the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12
          months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, any
          Option grants or Stock awards already made shall be null
          and void, and no additional Option grants or Stock awards
          shall be made after such date. The Plan shall terminate
          automatically 10 years after its adoption by the Board of
          Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date
          pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

                         (b)  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan.
          The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate
          the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided,
          however, that any amendment of the Plan which (i)
          materially increases the benefits accruing to
          participants under the Plan; (ii) materially increases
          the number of Shares available for issuance under the
          Plan (except as provided in Section 9); (iii) materially
          changes the class of persons who are eligible for the
          grant of ISOs, or (iv) modifies the Plan in any other way
          if such modification requires stockholder approval in
          order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section
          422(b) of the Code or to comply with the requirements of
          Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, shall be
          subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders.
          Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other
          amendment of the Plan. 

                         (c)  Effect of Amendment or Termination.
          No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after
          the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an
          Option granted prior to such termination. The termination
          of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect
          any Share previously issued or any Option previously
          granted under the Plan. 

          SECTION 13.  EXECUTION.

                    To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board
          of Directors and the Stockholders as amended and restated
          on September 22, 1992, the Company has caused its
          authorized officer to execute the same. 

                                   BUSINESS INSURANCE CORPORATION

                                   By                          





                                                        Exhibit 4.8

                          MANAGED HEALTH NETWORK, INC.

                            A DELAWARE CORPORATION

                          INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

                    **This Plan is not a qualified plan under
                           the Internal Revenue Code**

                    1.  Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of the
          Managed Health Network, Inc., Incentive Stock Option Plan
          are to attract and retain the best available people for
          positions of substantial responsibility, to provide
          additional incentive to the Employees of the Company and
          its Subsidiaries, to promote the success of the Company's
          business, and to enable the Employees to share in the
          growth and prosperity of the Company by providing them
          with an opportunity to purchase stock in the Company.

                    2.  Definitions.  As used herein, the following
          definitions shall apply:
           
                         (a)  "Board" shall mean the Board of
          Directors of the Company.
           
                         (b)  "Common Stock" shall mean the Capital
          Stock of the Company.

                         (c)  "Company" shall mean Managed Health
          Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

                         (d)  "Committee" shall mean the Committee
          appointed by the Board in accordance with Paragraph 4(a)
          of the Plan, if, if one is appointed.

                         (e)  "Continuous Employment" or
          "Continuous Status As An Employee" shall mean the absence
          of any interruption or termination of employment or
          service as an Employee by the Company or any Parent or
          Subsidiary of the Company which now exists or is
          hereafter organized or acquired by or acquires the
          Company.  Continuous Employment shall not be considered
          interrupted in the case of sick leave, military leave or
          any other leave of absence approved by the Board or in
          the case of transfers between locations of the Company or
          between the Company, its Parent, or any of its
          Subsidiaries or its successors. 

                                            Amended: August 8, 1989

                         (f)  "Employee" shall mean any person,
          including officers and directors, employed by the Company
          or any of its Subsidiaries or its successors. 

                         (g)  "Option" shall mean a stock option
          granted pursuant to the Plan.

                         (h)  "Option Agreement" shall mean an
          agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as
          Exhibit "A," or such other form or forms as the Board
          (subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan) may
          from time to time approve, evidencing an Option. 

                         (i)  "Optioned Stock. shall mean the
          Common Stock subject to an Option granted pursuant to the
          Plan.
                         (j)  "Optionee" shall mean any Employee
          who is granted an Option.

                         (k)  "Outstanding Option" shall mean any
          Incentive Stock Option which is issued, valid, and
          unexercised.

                         (l)  "Plan" shall mean the Managed Health
          Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Incentive Stock
          Option Plan.

                         (m)  "Share" shall mean shares of the
          Common Stock as adjusted in accordance with section 11 of
          the Plan.

                         (n)  "Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean
          an agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as
          Exhibit "B," or such other form or forms as the Board
          (subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan) may
          from time to time approve, which is to be executed as a
          condition of purchasing Optioned Stock upon exercise of
          an Option as provided in the Plan. 

                         (o)  "Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary
          of the Company. 

                    3.  Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the
          provisions of section 11 of the Plan, the maximum
          aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
          under the Plan is One Million Nine Hundred Ninety
          Thousand (1,990,000) Shares. The Shares may be
          authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Shares. 

                    If an Option should expire or become
          unexerecisable for any reason without having been
          exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were
          subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been
          terminated, return to the Plan and become available for
          other option(s) under the Plan. 

                    4.  Administration of the Plan.

                         (a)  Procedure. The Plan shall be
          administered by the Board. 

                         The Board may appoint a Committee
          consisting of not less than two (2) members of the Board
          to administer the Plan on behalf of the Board, subject to
          such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe.
          Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve
          until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time,
          the Board may increase the size of the Committee and 
          appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with
          or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution
          therefor, fill vacancies however caused and remove all
          members of the Committee, and thereafter, directly
          administer the Plan.

                         Members of the Board who are eligible for
          Options or have been granted Options may vote on any
          matter affecting the administration of the Plan or the
          grant of any Options pursuant to the Plan, except that no
          such member may be counted in determining the existence
          of a quorum at any meeting of the Board or Committee
          during which action is taken with respect to the granting
          of Options to him or her.

                         As used in the Plan and with respect to
          any  Option, the term "Committee" shall refer to either
          the Committee or the Board if no Committee is then
          designated.

                         (b)  Powers of the Board. Subject to the
          provisions of the Plan, the Board, upon a majority vote,
          shall have the authority, in its sole discretion,
          consistent with the provisions of the Plan: (i) to
          determine the exercise price of the Options to be
          granted, (ii) to determine the Employees to whom, and the
          time or times at which, Options shall be granted, and the
          number of Shares of Optioned Stock to be represented by
          each Option; (iii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules
          and regulations relating to the Plan; (iv) to determine
          the terms and  provisions of each Option granted under
          the Plan and of each Stock Purchase Agreement (which need
          not be identical with the terms of other Options and
          Stock Purchase Agreements) and, with the consent of the
          Optionee, to modify or amend each Option and/or Stock
          Purchase Agreement; (v) to accelerate the exercise date
          of any Option; (vi) to determine whether a stock
          repurchase agreement or other agreement will be required
          to be executed by the Optionee as a condition of the
          exercise of an Option, and to determine the terms and
          provisions of any such agreement (which need not be
          identical with the terms of any other such agreement)
          and, with the consent of the Optionee, to modify or amend
          any such agreement; (vii) to construe and interpret the
          Plan, the Option Agreements, the Stock Purchase
          Agreements and any other agreement approved hereunder;
          (viii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of
          the Company any instrument required to effectuate the
          grant of an Option previously granted by the Board or to
          take such other actions as may be necessary or advisable
          with respect to the Company's rights pursuant to the
          Option, Stock Purchase Agreement or other agreement
          approved hereunder; and (ix) to make such other
          determinations and establish such other procedures as it
          deems necessary or appropriate for the administration of
          the Plan.

                         (c)  Effect of the Board's or Committee's
          Decision.  All the decisions, determinations and
          interpretations of the Board or the Committee shall be
          final and binding on all Optionees and any other proper
          holders of any Options granted under the Plan. 

                    5.  Eligibility. Options under the Plan may be
          granted only to Employees as designated by the Board in
          its discretion.  An Employee who has been granted an
          Option may, if he/she is otherwise eligible, be granted
          an additional Option or Options.  Options may be granted
          to one or more Employees without being granted to other
          eligible Employees, as the Board may determine in its
          sole discretion.

                    6.  Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become
          effective immediately upon the earlier to occur of its
          adoption by the Board or its approval by vote on the
          adoption of the Plan.  It shall continue in effect for a
          term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under
          sections 13 or 17 of the Plan. 

                    7.  Provisions and Term of Options.

                         (a)  As provided in Paragraph 4 of this
          Plan and subject to any limitations specified herein, the
          Board shall have the authority to determine the terms and
          provisions of any Option granted under the Plan, the
          Stock Purchase Agreement or of any other agreement
          required to be executed in connection with the exercise
          of any Option.  Each Option granted pursuant to this Plan
          shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement. 

                         (b)  The term of each Option shall be ten
          (10) years from the date of grant thereof, except that
          the term of any Option may be less than ten (10) years if
          specified by the Board upon grant of the Option and set
          forth in the Option Agreement. 

                    8.  Option Price and Consideration.

                         (a)  The exercise price per Share for the
          Shares to be issued pursuant to an Option granted under
          the Plan shall be such price as is determined by the
          Board. 

                         (b)  The consideration to be paid for the
          Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including
          the method of payment, shall be determined by the Board
          and may consist entirely of cash, promissory notes, or by
          surrender of shares having a fair market value on the
          date of surrender equal to the purchase price of the
          Shares as to which said option shall be exercised, a
          combination thereof, or such other consideration and
          method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the
          extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
          The determination of consideration shall be deemed to be
          such as may be reasonably expected to benefit the
          Company.

                         If the consideration for the exercise of
          an Option is a promissory note, it shall be a full
          recourse promissory note executed to the Optionee,
          bearing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per
          annum, but in no event shall the rate of interest exceed
          the highest rate permitted by law.  In such an instance,
          the Company may retain the Shares purchased upon exercise
          of the Option in escrow as security for payment of the
          promissory note. 

                         If the consideration for the exercise of
          an Option is the surrender of previously acquired and
          owned Shares, the Optionee shall be required to make
          representations and warranties satisfactory to the
          Company regarding his or her title to the Shares used to
          effect the purchase, including, without limitation,
          representations and warranties that the Optionee has good
          and marketable title to such Shares free and clear of any
          and all liens, encumbrances, charges, equities, claims,
          security interests, options or restrictions and has full
          power to deliver such Shares without obtaining the
          consent or approval of any person or governmental
          authority other than those which have already given
          consent or approval in a form satisfactory to the
          Company.  The value of the Shares used to effect the
          purchase shall be the fair market value of those Shares
          as determined by the Board in its sole discretion,
          exercised in good faith.

                    9.  Exercise of Option.

                         (a)  Procedure for Exercise.  Any Option
          granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and
          under such conditions as may be determined by the Board,
          including performance criteria with respect to the
          Company and/or the Optionee and as shall be permissible
          under the terms of the Plan. 

                         An Option may be exercised in accordance
          with the provisions of this Plan as to all or any portion
          of the shares then exercisable under an Option, from time
          to time during the term of the Option.  An Option may not
          be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

                         An Option shall be deemed to be exercised
          when written notice of such exercise has been given to
          the Company at its principal business office in
          accordance with the terms of the Option by the person
          entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the
          Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, has
          been received by the Company, accompanied by the executed
          Stock Purchase Agreement, if required, and/or any other
          representations or agreements required by the terms of
          this Plan or the Option granted hereunder. Full payment
          may consist of such consideration as is authorized by the
          Board as provided hereunder. Until the Option is properly
          exercised hereunder and the Company receives full payment
          for the Shares with respect to which the Option is
          exercised, no right to vote or receive dividends or any
          other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to
          the Optioned Stock. No adjustment shall be made for a
          dividend or other rights for which the record date is
          prior to the date the Option is properly exercised and
          payment in full is received, except as provided in
          section 11 of the Plan.

                         As soon as practicable after any proper
          exercise of an Option in accordance with the provisions
          of this Plan and payment in full for the exercised
          Shares, the Company shall, without transfer or issue tax
          to the Optionee, deliver to the Optionee at the principal
          business office of the Company, or such other place as
          shall be mutually acceptable, a certificate or
          certificates representing the Shares as to which the
          Option has been exercised. The time of issuance and
          delivery of the certificate(s) representing the Shares
          may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be
          required for it, with reasonable diligence, to comply
          with any applicable listing requirements of any national
          or regional securities exchange and any law or regulation
          applicable to the issuance and delivery of such Shares.

                         Exercise of an Option shall result in a
          decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be
          available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale
          under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the
          Option is exercised.

                         (b)  Termination of Status as an Employee. 
          If an Optionee ceases to serve as an Employee of the
          Company for any reason other than death or permanent and
          total disability and thereby terminates his or her
          Continuous Status as an Employee, the Option shall
          immediately terminate. If an Optionee serves as an
          Employee pursuant to an employment agreement or other
          contract, termination of status as an Employee shall
          include termination of such agreement or contract, with
          or without cause, or pursuant to a settlement agreement
          reached between the Optionee and the Company or
          otherwise. The termination of the Option shall be
          concurrent with the termination of Optionee as an
          Employee regularly performing services for Company, and
          the option shall not continue regardless of any
          continuation of Optionee's salary or benefits from the
          Company.

                         (c)  Death or Disability of Optionee.  If
          an Optionee ceases to serve as an Employee of the Company
          due to death or permanent and total disability and
          thereby terminates his or her Continuous Status as an
          Employee, the Option may be exercised but only within
          ninety (90) days following the date of death or
          termination of employment due to disability (subject to
          any earlier termination of the Option as provided
          hereunder), by the Optionee in the case of disability, or
          in the case of death by the Optionee's estate or by a
          person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by
          bequest or inheritance, but in any case only to the
          extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the option
          at the date of his or her termination of employment by
          death or disability.

                    10.  Non-Transferability of Options. Options
          granted under this Plan may not be sold, pledged,
          assigned, hypothecated, gifted, transferred or disposed
          of in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily by
          operation of law other than by will or by the laws of
          descent or distribution, and may be exercised during the
          lifetime of the Optionee only by such Optionee.

                    11.  Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization.

                         (a)  Subject to any required action by the
          shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered
          by each outstanding Option, and the number of Shares
          which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan
          but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which
          have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation of an
          Option as well as the exercise price per Share covered by
          each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately
          adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
          issued Shares resulting from a stock split or combination
          or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the
          Common Stock) or any other increase or decrease in the
          number of such Shares effected without receipt of
          consideration by the Company (other than stock bonuses to
          Employees or Directors); provided, however, that the
          conversion of any convertible securities of the Company
          shall not be deemed to have been "effected without the
          receipt of consideration". Such adjustment shall be made
          by the Board, and its determination in that respect shall
          be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly
          provided herein, no issue by the Company of shares of
          stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares
          of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by
          reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number
          or price of Shares subject to the Plan or an Option.

                         (b)  In the event of the proposed
          dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or in the
          event of a proposed sale of substantially all of the
          assets of the Company, or the merger or consolidation of
          the Company with or into another corporation, the Board
          may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole
          discretion, (i) make provision for adjusting the number
          or class of Optioned Stock covered by any Option, as well
          as the price to be paid therefor, or (ii) declare that
          any Option shall terminate as of a date to be fixed by
          the Board and give each Optionee the right to exercise
          his/her Option as to all or any part of such Optioned
          Stock, including Shares, in the Board's discretion, as to
          which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

                         (c)  No fractional Shares of the Common
          Stock shall be issuable on account of any action
          aforesaid, and the aggregate number of Shares into Which
          Shares then covered by the Option, when changed as the
          result of such action, shall be reduced to the largest
          number of whole Shares resulting from such action, unless
          the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine to
          issue scrip certificates, in respect to any fractional
          Shares, which scrip certificates, in such event, shall be
          in a form and have such terms and conditions as the Board
          in its discretion shall prescribe.

                    12.  Time of Granting Options. The date of
          grant of an Option under the Plan shall, for all
          purposes, be the date on which the Board makes the
          determination granting such Option. Notice of the
          determination shall be given to each Employee to whom an
          Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the
          date of such qrant.

                    13.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

                         (a)  Amendment and Termination. Provided
          that a majority of the Directors consent, the Board may
          amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such
          respects as the Board may deem advisable.

                         (b)  Effect of Termination. Except as
          otherwise provided under the Plan without the written
          consent of the Optionee, any such termination of the Plan
          shall not affect Options already granted and such Options
          shall remain ln full force and effect as if this Plan had
          not been terminated.

                    14.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.
          Options granted under the Plan are conditioned upon
          compliance with all applicable state and federal
          securities laws and the requirements of any stock
          exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and
          shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for
          the Company with respect to such compliance.

                    As a condition to the exercise of an Option,
          the Board may require the person exercising such Option
          to execute an agreement adopted by the Board, and/or may
          require the person exercising such Option to make any
          representation and/or warranty to the Company as may in
          the judgment of counsel to the Company be required under
          applicable law or regulation, including but not limited
          to a representatiOn and warranty that the Shares are
          being purchased only for investment and without any
          present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if,
          in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
          representation is appropriate under any of the
          aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

                    15.  Reservation of Shares. The Company, during
          the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and
          keep available, the number of Shares as shall be
          sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

                    The Company, during the term of this Plan,
          shall use its best efforts to seek to obtain from
          appropriate regulatory agencies any requisite
          authorization in order to issue and sell such number of
          Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements
          of the Plan. The inability of the Company to obtain from
          any such regulatory agency having Jurisdiction the
          requisite authorization(s) deemed by the Company's
          counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale
          of any Shares hereunder, or the inability of the Company
          to confirm to its satisfaction that any issuance and sale
          of any Shares hereunder will meet applicable legal
          requirements, shall relieve the Company of any liability
          in respect to the non-issuance or sale of such Shares as
          to which such requisite authority shall not have been
          obtained.

                    16.  Taxes, Fees, Expenses and Withholding of
          Taxes.

                         (a)  The Company shall pay all original
          issue and transfer taxes (but not income taxes, if any)
          with respect to the grant of Options and/or the issue and
          transfer of Shares pursuant to the exercise of such
          Options, and all other fees and expenses necessarily
          incurred by the Company in connection therewith, and will
          from time to time use its best efforts to comply with all
          laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for
          the Company, shall be applicable thereto.

                         (b)  The grant of Options hereunder and
          the issuance of Shares pursuant to the exercise of such
          Options is conditioned upon the Company's reservation of
          the right to withhold, in accordance with any applicable
          law, from any compensation payable to the Optionee any
          taxes required to be withheld by federal, state or local
          law as a result of the grant or exercise of such Option
          or the sale of the Shares issued upon exercise of the
          Option.

                    17.  Notices. Any notice to be given to the
          Company pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall be
          addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at its
          principal office, and any notice to be given to an
          Employee to whom an Option is granted hereunder shall be
          delivered personally or addressed to him or her at the
          address given beneath his or her signature on his or her
          Stock Option Agreement, or at such other address as such
          Employee or his or her transferee (upon the transfer of
          the Optioned Stock) may hereafter designate in writing to
          the Company. Any such notice shall be deemed duly given
          when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper
          addressed as aforesaid, registered or certified, and
          deposited, postage and registry or certification fee
          prepaid, in a post office or branch post office regularly
          maintained by the United States Postal Service. It shall
          be the obligation of each Optionee and each transferee
          holding Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option to
          provide the Secretary of the Company, by letter mailed as
          provided hereinabove, with written notice of his or her
          direct mailing address.

                    18.  No Enlargement of Employee Rights. This
          Plan is purely voluntary on the part of the Company, and
          the continuance of the Plan shall not be deemed to
          constitute a contract between the Company and any
          Employee, or to be consideration for or a condition of
          the employment of any Employee. Nothing contained in this
          Plan shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be
          retained in the employ of the Company, its Parent,
          Subsidiary or a successor corporation, or to interfere
          with the right of the Company or any such corporations to
          discharge or retire any Employee thereof at any time. No
          Employee shall have any right to or interest in Options
          authorized hereunder prior to the grant of such Option to
          such Employee, and upon such grant he/she shall have only
          such rights and interests as are expressly provided
          herein, subject, however, to all applicable provisions of
          the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as the same may
          be amended from time to time.

                    19.  Legends on Certificates.

                         (a)  Federal Law. Unless an appropriate
          registration statement is filed pursuant to the Federal
          Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
          Options and Shares issuable under this Plan, each
          certificate representing such Options and Shares shall be
          endorsed on its face with legends substantially as
          follows:

                         THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED BY
          THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH, OR
          APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
          COMMISSION OR ANY STATE REGULATORY AGENCY OR AUTHORITY.
          THESE INTERESTS HAVE BEEN OFFERED IN RELIANCE UPON THE
          SECTION 4(2) PRIVATE OFFERING EXEMPTION FROM THE
          REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
          AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE EXEMPTIONS FROM
          REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION. THE SALE, TRANSFER,
          PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ANY SHARE
          OF COMMON STOCK IS RESTRICTED AND MAY NOT BE ACCOMPLISHED
          EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND
          STATE FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

                         IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR
          TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO
          RECEIvE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR
          WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF
          THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY THE
          COMMISSIONER'S RULES.

                         (b)  Additional Legends. Each certificate
          representing the Options and Shares issuable under the
          Plan shall also contain such legends as required by the
          applicable state law, and as are set forth in any Stock
          Purchase Agreement or other agreement the execution of
          which is a condition to the exercise of an Option under
          this Plan. ln addition, each Option Agreement shall be
          endorsed with legends substantially as follows:

                         "THE SHARES WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON
          EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN
          ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT,
          A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE
          COMPANY, TO BE ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE HOLDER OF THIS
          OPTION AND THE COMPANY AS A CONDITION TO EXERCISE OF THIS
          OPTION AND UPON COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND
          FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS."

                    20.  Other Terms. Any Option granted hereunder
          shall contain such other and additional terms, not
          inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, which are
          deemed necessary or desirable by the Board, or by legal
          counsel to the Company.

                    21.  No Obligation to Exercise Option. The
          granting of an Option under the Plan shall impose no
          obligation upon the optionee/employee to exercise such
          Option.

                    22.  Availability of Plan. A copy of this Plan
          shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company and
          shall be shown by him or her to any eligible person
          making reasonable inquiry concerning it.

                    23.  Invalid Provisions. In the event that any
          provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or
          otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such
          invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed as
          rendering any other provisions contained herein as
          invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions
          shall be given full force and effect to the same extent
          as though the invalid or unenforceable provision was not
          contained herein.

                    24.  Applicable Law.  This Plan shall be
          governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of
          the State of California.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to the due
          authorization and adoption of this Plan by the Board on
          February 16, 1988, the Company has caused this Plan to be
          duly executed by its duly authorized officers, effective
          as of February 16, 1988.

                                     MANAGED HEALTH NETWORK, INC.,
                                     a Delaware corporation

                                     By: ___________________________

                                     Title:_________________________


                                     By:____________________________

                                     Title: ________________________




                                                        Exhibit 4.9

                          MANAGED HEALTH NETWORK, INC.

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED

                            1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                    1.  Purpose; Administration.  The Managed
          Health Network, Inc. Amended and Restated 1991 Stock
          Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to provide
          incentives which will attract and retain highly competent
          persons as officers, key employees, directors and
          independent contractors of Managed Health Network, Inc.,
          a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and its
          subsidiaries by providing them opportunities to acquire
          shares of Common Stock of the Company ("Common Stock")
          pursuant to the Incentive Stock Options and Nonstatutory
          Options (collectively, "Options") described herein.  The
          Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors, or
          through such directors, officers or committees as it may
          designate as the Stock Option Committee (the
          "Committee").  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
          event that the Company becomes subject to the Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), all grants under
          this Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934
          Act shall be by a specially designated committee (the
          "Special Committee") of the Board of Directors of the
          Company, consisting of such two or more nonemployee
          directors as the Board may designate from time to time,
          all of whom shall be and remain Directors not eligible to
          receive Options under the Plan, or any other similar plan
          of the Company, both at the time of their appointment to
          the Special Committee and at any time within one year
          prior thereto. The Special Committee and Committee are
          together referred to as the "Committees".
           
                    2.  Participation.  Participants eligible to
          receive grants of Nonstatutory options will consist of
          all employees of the Company or its subsidiaries
          (including officers), and independent contractors of the
          Company or its subsidiaries.  The term "independent
          contractors of the Company or its subsidiaries" includes,
          for this purpose, entities such as corporations or
          partnerships that perform services for or otherwise
          contract (for example, as vendors) with the Company or
          its subsidiaries.  Participants eligible to receive
          grants of Incentive Stock Options will consist solely of
          all employees (including officers) of the Company or its
          subsidiaries.   With respect to both Nonstatutory Options
          and Incentive Stock Options, grantees will be limited to
          those persons that the Committees in their sole
          discretion determine to be significantly responsible for
          the success and future growth and profitability of the
          Company and whom the Committees designate from time to
          time to receive Options under the Plan.  Designation of a
          participant in any year shall not require the Committees
          to designate such person to receive an Option in any
          other year.  The Committees shall consider such factors
          as they deem pertinent in selecting participants and in
          determining the amount and terms of their respective
          Options.  A determination by the Committees of the amount
          and terms of a participant's Options shall in all cases
          be subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.

                    3.  Shares Reserved under the Plan.  There is
          hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate
          of 4,350,000 shares of Common Stock, which may be either
          authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.  Any
          shares subject to Options may thereafter be subject to
          new Options under this Plan if there is a lapse,
          expiration or termination of the previously outstanding
          Options prior to issuance of the shares, or if shares are
          issued pursuant to the exercise of such Options and
          thereafter are reacquired by the Company pursuant to
          rights reserved by the Company upon issuance thereof.

                    4.  Incentive Stock Options.  This Plan is
          intended to authorize the Board to grant, in its
          discretion, options that qualify as incentive stock
          options pursuant to Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
          Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), (such qualifying
          options being referred to herein as "Incentive Stock
          Options").  Incentive Stock Options will consist of
          awards from the Company, evidenced by written option
          agreements, which enable the holder to purchase a
          specific number of shares of Common Stock, under set
          terms and at a set price which shall not be less than the
          Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (as determined
          under Section 11 hereof) on the date of grant. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an employee, at the
          time an Incentive Stock Option is granted to him or her,
          owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of
          the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
          of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries (or, under
          Section 424(d) of the Code, is deemed to own stock
          representing more than 10% of the total combined voting
          power of all such classes of stock, by reason of the
          ownership of such classes of stock, directly or
          indirectly, by or for any brother, sister, spouse,
          ancestor or lineal decedent of such employee, or by or
          for any corporation, partnership, estate or trust of
          which such employees are shareholder, partner or
          beneficiary), then the Incentive Stock Option price of
          each share of Common Stock subject to such Incentive
          Stock Option shall be a stated price which is not less
          than 110% of the Fair Market Value of such share of
          Common Stock on the date of grant.  Said purchase price
          may be paid by check or, in the discretion of Committees,
          by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company
          then owned by the participants.  Incentive Stock Options
          shall be exercisable not later than ten (10) years after
          the date they are granted; provided, however, that an
          Incentive Stock Option granted to any employee as to whom
          the Incentive Stock Option price of each share of Common
          Stock subject thereto is required to be 110% of the Fair
          Market Value of such share of Common Stock pursuant to
          this Section 4, shall not be exercisable after the
          expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant. 
          Incentive Stock Options shall terminate not later than
          three (3) months after termination of employment for any
          reason other than "disability" (within the meaning of
          Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or death.  In the event of
          termination of employment due to disability, the right of
          the participant to exercise an Incentive Stock Option
          shall terminate not later than twelve (12) months after
          such termination.  In the event of termination of
          employment due to death, the option may be exercised by
          the optionee's estate at any time during the remaining
          stated duration of the Option in accordance with Section
          7 hereof.  Leaves of absence for military service,
          illness, and transfer of employment between the Company
          and any subsidiary thereof shall not constitute
          termination of employment.

                    5.  Nonstatutory Options.  Nonstatutory Options
          will consist of awards from the Company, evidenced by
          written option agreements, which enable the holder to
          purchase a specific number of shares of Common Stock,
          under set terms and at a set price which shall not be
          less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common
          Stock on the date of grant.  Said purchase price may be
          paid by check or, in the discretion of the Committees, by
          the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company
          then owned by the participant.  Nonstatutory Options
          shall be exercisable not later than ten (10) years after
          the date they are granted.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, Nonstatutory Options granted to employees of
          the Company or its subsidiaries shall terminate not later
          than three (3) months after termination of employment for
          any reason other than disability or death.  In the event
          of termination of employment due to disability, the right
          of the participant to exercise a Nonstatutory Option
          shall terminate not later than twelve (12) months after
          such termination.  In the event of termination of
          employment due to death, the Option nay be exercised by
          the optionee's estate at any time during the remaining
          stated duration of the option in accordance with Section
          7 hereof.  Leaves of absence for military service,
          illness, and transfers of employment between the Company
          and any subsidiary thereof shall not constitute
          termination of employment.  Nonstatutory options granted
          to independent contractors of the Company or its
          subsidiaries may provide, in the discretion of the
          Committees, that such Option shall terminate in the event
          of, or within a fixed period following, the termination
          of tho contractual or other business relationship between
          the Company or its subsidiaries and the independent
          contractor.

                    6.  Adjustment Provisions.

                         (a)  If the Company shall at any time
          change the number of issued shares of Common Stock
          without new consideration to the Company (such as by
          stock dividends or stock splits), the total number of
          shares reserved for issuance under this Plan and the
          number of shares covered by each outstanding Option shall
          be adjusted so that the aggregate consideration payable
          to the Company and the value of each such Option shall
          not be changed.  The Board may also provide for the
          continuation of Options or for other equitable
          adjustments after changes in the Common Stock resulting
          from reorganization, sale, merger, consolidation or
          similar occurrence.

                         (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision
          of this Plan, and without affecting the number of shares
          of Common Stock otherwise reserved or available
          hereunder, the Board may authorize the issuance or
          assumption of Options in connection with any merger,
          consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or
          reorganization upon such terms and conditions as it may
          deem appropriate.

                         (c)  In the case of any merger,
          consolidation or combination of the Company with or into
          another corporation, other than a merger, consolidation
          or combination in which the Company is the continuing
          corporation and which does not result in the outstanding
          Common Stock being converted into or exchanged for
          different securities, cash or other property, or any
          combination thereof (an "Acquisition) any participant to
          whom an Option has been granted under the Plan shall have
          the right (subject to the provisions of the Plan and any
          limitation applicable to such Option) thereafter and
          during the term of such Option, to receive upon exercise
          thereof the Acquisition Consideration (as defined below)
          receivable upon such Acquisition by a holder of the
          number of shares of Common Stock which might have been
          obtained upon exercise of such option or portion thereof,
          as the case may be, immediately prior to such
          Acquisition.  The term "Acquisition Consideration" shall
          mean the kind and amount of shares of the surviving or
          new corporation, cash, securities, evidence of
          indebtedness, other property or any combination thereof
          receivable in respect to one share of Common Stock of the
          Company upon consummation of an Acquisition.

                    7.  Nontransferability.  Options granted under
          the Plan to participants that are not individuals shall
          not be transferable other than with the consent of the
          Company, which consent may be withheld in the Company's
          sole discretion.  Options granted under the Plan to
          individual participants shall not be transferable by him
          or her otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and
          distribution, and shall be exercisable, during his
          lifetime, only by him or her.  In the event of the death
          of an individual participant, each Option theretofore
          granted to him or her shall be exercisable only:

                         (a)  By the executor or administrator of
          the estate of the deceased participant or the person or
          persons to whom the deceased participant's rights under
          the Option shall pass by will or the laws of descent and
          distribution; and

                         (b)  To the extent that the deceased
          participant was entitled to do so at the date of his
          death.

                    8.  Other Provisions.  The grant of any Option
          under the Plan may also be subject to such other
          provisions (whether or not applicable to the Option
          granted to any other participant) as the Committees
          determine appropriate, including without limitation,
          provisions for the installment purchase of Common Stock
          under Options, provisions for the acceleration of
          exercisability of Options in the event of a change of
          control of the Company, provisions for the payment of the
          value of Options to participants, in the event of a
          change of control of the Company, provisions to comply
          with Federal and State securities laws, or understandings
          or conditions as to the participant's employment or other
          business relationship with the Company and its
          subsidiaries in addition to those specifically provided
          for under the Plan.

                    9.  Rules.  The Committees may establish such
          rules and regulations as they consider desirable for the
          administration of the Plan.

                    10.  Determination of Fair Market Value.  For
          purposes of this Plan, the Board shall determine the fair
          market value ("Fair Market Value") of a share of Common
          Stock of the Company on the basis of such factors as it
          shall deem appropriate, provided that (i) if on the date
          such determination is made the class of stock being
          valued is regularly listed on the National Association of
          Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ")
          or another comparable system, the fair market value of a
          share of such stock shall be deemed to be equal to the
          mean of the average of the closing bid and asked prices
          for such stock quoted on such system on each of the five
          trading days immediately preceding the date such
          determination is made, and (ii) if on the date such
          determination is made the class of stock being valued is
          admitted to trading on a national securities exchange or
          exchanges for which actual sale prices are regularly
          reported, or actual sales prices are otherwise regularly
          published for such stock, the Fair Market Value of the
          shares of Common Stock shall be deemed equal to the mean
          of the closing sale prices reported for such stock on
          each of the five (5) trading days immediately preceding
          the date the determination is made.

                    11.  Withholding.  All payments or
          distributions made pursuant to the Plan shall be net of
          any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to
          applicable federal, state and local tax withholding
          requirements.  If the Company is required to distribute
          Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, it may require the
          recipient to remit to it an amount sufficient to satisfy
          such tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery
          of any certificates for such Common Stock.  The Committee
          may, in their discretion and subject to such rules as
          they may adopt, permit a participant to pay all or a
          portion of the federal, state and local withholding taxes
          arising in connection with the exercise of an Option by
          electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common
          Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount to
          be withheld.

                    12.  Tenure.  A participant's right, if any, to
          continue to serve the Company or its subsidiaries as an
          officer, employee, independent contractor or otherwise,
          shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her
          designation as a participant under the Plan.

                    13.  Duration, Amendment and Termination.  No
          Option shall be granted more than ten years after the
          date of adoption of this Plan; provided, however, that
          the terms and conditions applicable to any Option granted
          within such period may thereafter be amended or modified
          by mutual agreement between the Company and the
          participant or such other persons as may then have an
          interest therein.  The Board of Directors may amend the
          Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. 
          However, no action authorized by this paragraph shall
          reduce the amount of any existing Option or change the
          terms and conditions thereof without the participant's
          consent.

                    14.  Stockholders' Agreement.  Any participant,
          who on the date of exercise of his/her option, will own
          in excess of 150,000 shares of Common Stock shall execute
          and deliver to the Company the necessary documents to
          become a party to that certain Stockholders' Agreement
          dated December 30, 1987 between the Company and certain
          persons named therein, so long as such action is required
          by the Stockholders' Agreement.  A copy of the
          Stockholders' Agreement is attached to this Plan as
          Exhibit A.

                    15.  Stockholder Approval.  The Plan was
          originally adopted by the Board of Directors of the
          Company on December 31, 1991.  The Plan was amended and
          restated in its current form by the Board of Directors of
          the Company on __________, 1993.  The Plan and all
          Options granted hereunder shall be null and void if
          stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12)
          months after the March, 1993 adoption of the Plan by the
          Board of Directors.

                    16.  Vesting.  Options granted hereunder shall
          vest and be exercisable at a rate of at least 20% per
          year over 5 years from the date the option is granted.






                                                       Exhibit 4.10

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                    1993 NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION PLAN OF
                         FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION
              (As amended and restated effective September 7, 1995)

          SECTION I.  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

                      The Plan is being established to offer
          selected employees of the Company an opportunity to
          acquire a proprietary interest in the success of FHC, or
          to increase such interest, by exercising Options to
          purchase Shares of Stock.  Options granted under the Plan
          are Nonstatutory Options.

          SECTION II. DEFINITIONS

                  A.  "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of
          Directors of FHC, as constituted from time to time.

                  B.  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code
          of 1986, as amended.

                  C.  "COMMITTEE" shall mean a committee of the
          Board of Directors, as described in Section III(A).

                  D.  "COMPANY" shall mean Foundation Health
          Medical Group, Inc., a California professional medical
          corporation, and Thomas-Davis Medical Centers, P.C., an
          Arizona professional medical corporation, and such
          affiliated professional medical corporations as may be
          established from time to time by FHC.

                  E.  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any individual who is
          an employee of the Company or any professional medical
          corporation of which the Company owns at least 25
          percent, and who is considered a full-time equivalent
          employee for purposes of employee benefits provided by
          the Company or such professional medical corporation of
          which the Company owns at least 25 percent.

                  F.  "EXERCISE PRICE" shall mean the amount for
          which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an
          Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option
          Agreement.

                  G.  "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean the market
          price of Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:

                      (i)  If the Stock was traded over-the-counter
          on the date in question but was not classified as a
          national market issue, then the Fair Market Value shall
          be equal to the mean between the last reported
          representative bid and asked prices quoted by the NASDAQ
          system for such date, or if such date is not a trading
          day, on the last trading day immediately preceding such
          date;

                      (ii) If the Stock was traded over-the-counter
          on the date in question and was classified as a national
          market issue, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal
          to the last-transaction price quoted by the NASDAQ system
          for such date, or if such date is not a trading day, on
          the last trading day immediately preceding such date;

                      (iii)     If the Stock was traded on a stock
          exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market
          Value shall be equal to the closing price reported by the
          applicable composite-transactions report for such date,
          or if such date is not a trading day, on the last trading
          day immediately preceding such date; and

                      (iv) If none of the foregoing provisions is
          applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be
          determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis
          as it deems appropriate.

                  In all cases, the determination of Fair Market
          Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on
          all persons.

                  H.  "FHC" shall mean Foundation Health
          Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

                  I.  "NONSTATUTORY OPTION" shall mean a stock
          option not described in section 422(b) or 423(b) of the
          Code.

                  J.  "OPTION" shall mean a Nonstatutory Option
          granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to
          purchase Shares.

                  K.  "OPTIONEE" shall mean an individual who holds
          an Option.

                  L.  "PLAN" shall mean this 1993 Nonstatutory
          Stock Option Plan of Foundation Health Corporation, as
          amended from time to time.

                  M.  "SERVICE" shall mean service as an Employee.

                  N.  "SHARE" shall mean one share of Stock, as
          adjusted in accordance with Section VIII (if applicable).

                  O.  "STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock, $.01 par
          value per share, of FHC.

                  P.  "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean the
          agreement between FHC and an Optionee which contains the
          terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or
          her Option.

                  Q.  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any corporation, if
          the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not
          less than 50 percent of the total combined voting power
          of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. 
          A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on
          a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered
          a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

                  R.  "TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY" shall mean
          that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial
          gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable
          physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
          result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected
          to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12
          months.

          SECTION III.     ADMINISTRATION

                  A.  COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP.  The Plan shall be
          administered by the Committee, which shall consist of two
          or more members of the Board of Directors.  The members
          of Committee shall be appointed by the Board of
          Directors.  If no Committee has been appointed, the
          entire Board of Directors shall constitute the Committee.

                  B.  COMMITTEE PROCEDURES.  The Board of Directors
          shall designate one of the members of the Committee as
          chairperson.  The Committee may hold meetings at such
          times and places as it shall determine.  The acts of a
          majority of the Committee members present at meetings at
          which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or approved in
          writing by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of
          the Committee.

                  C.  COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES.  Subject to the
          provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full
          authority and discretion to take the following actions:

                      1.   To interpret the Plan and to apply its
          provisions;

                      2.   To adopt, amend or rescind rules,
          procedures and forms relating to the Plan;

                      3.   To authorize any person to execute, on
          behalf of FHC, any instrument required to carry out the
          purposes of the Plan;

                      4.   To determine when Options are to be
          granted under the Plan;

                      5.   To select the Optionees;

                      6.   To determine the number of Shares to be
          made subject to each Option;

                      7.   To prescribe the terms and conditions of
          each Option, including (without limitation) the Exercise
          Price, and to specify the provisions of the Stock Option
          Agreement relating to such Option;

                      8.   To amend any outstanding Stock Option
          Agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and
          to the consent of the Optionee who entered into such
          agreement;

                      9.   To prescribe the consideration for the
          grant of each Option under the Plan and to determine the
          sufficiency of such consideration; and

                      10.  To take any other actions deemed
          necessary or advisable for the administration of the
          Plan.

          All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the
          Committee shall be final and binding on all Optionees and
          all persons deriving their rights from an Optionee.  No
          member of the Committee shall be liable for any action
          that he or she has taken or has failed to take in good
          faith with respect to the Plan or any Option.

          SECTION IV. ELIGIBILITY

                  EMPLOYEES.  Employees shall be eligible for
          designation as Optionees by the Committee.

          SECTION V.  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

                  A.  BASIC LIMITATION.  Shares offered under the
          Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury
          Shares.  The aggregate number of Shares which may be
          issued under the Plan upon exercise of Options shall not
          exceed 1,600,000 Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant
          to Section VIII.  The number of Shares which are subject
          to Options outstanding at any time under the Plan shall
          not exceed the number of Shares which then remain
          available for issuance under the Plan.  FHC, during the
          term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep
          available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements
          of the Plan.

                  B.  ADDITIONAL SHARES.  In the event that any
          outstanding Option for any reason expires or is canceled
          or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the
          unexercised portion of such Option shall again be
          available for the purposes of Plan.  In the event that
          Shares issued under the Plan are acquired by FHC pursuant
          to a forfeiture provision, a right of repurchase or a
          right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be
          available for the purposes of the Plan.

          SECTION VI. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

                  A.  TERMS.

                      1.   STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT.  Each grant of
          an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock
          Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. 
          Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and
          conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other
          terms and conditions which the Committee deems
          appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. 
          The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements
          entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

                      2.   NUMBER OF SHARES.  Each Stock Option
          Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are
          subject to the Option and shall provide for the
          adjustment of such number in accordance with Section
          VIII.

                      3.   EXERCISE PRICE.  Each Stock Option
          Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price which shall be
          100 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the
          date of grant.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a
          form described in Section VII.

                      4.   EXERCISABILITY AND TERM.  Each Stock
          Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any
          installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  The
          vesting of any Option shall be determined by the
          Committee at its sole discretion.  A Stock Option
          Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in
          the event of the Optionee's death, Total and Permanent
          Disability or retirement, a change in control with
          respect to FHC or other events.  The Stock Option
          Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option.  The
          term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. 
          Subject to the preceding sentence, the Committee at its
          sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to
          expire.

                  B.  WITHHOLDING TAXES.  As a condition to the
          exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such
          arrangements as the Committee may require for the
          satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign
          withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection
          with such exercise.

                  C.  NONTRANSFERABILITY.  No Option shall be
          transferable by the Optionee other than by will, by a
          beneficiary designation executed by the Optionee and
          delivered to FHC or by the laws of descent and
          distribution.  An Option may be exercised during the
          lifetime of the Optionee only by him or her or by his or
          her guardian or legal representative.  No Option or
          interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or
          hypothecated by the Optionee during his or her lifetime,
          whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made
          subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

                  D.  TERMINATION OF SERVICE (EXCEPT BY DEATH).  If
          an Optionee's Service terminates for any reason other
          than his or her death, then his or her Option(s) shall
          expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

                      1.   The expiration date determined pursuant
          to Subsection A(4) above;

                      2.   The date 90 days after the termination
          of his or her Service for any reason other than Total and
          Permanent Disability; or

                      3.   The date 12 months after the termination
          of his or her Service by reason of Total and Permanent
          Disability.

          The Optionee may exercise all or part of his or her
          Option(s) at any time before the expiration of such
          Option(s) under the preceding sentence, but only to the
          extent that such Option(s) had become exercisable before
          his or her Service terminated or became exercisable as a
          result of the termination.  The balance of such Option(s)
          shall lapse when the Optionee's Service terminates.  In
          the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of
          his or her Service but before the expiration of his or
          her Option(s), all or part of such Option(s) may be
          exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or
          administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person
          who has acquired such Option(s) directly from him or her
          by bequest, beneficiary designation or inheritance, but
          only to the extent that such Option(s) had become
          exercisable before his or her Service terminated or
          became exercisable as a result of the termination.

                  E.  LEAVES OF ABSENCE.  For purposes of
          Subsection D above, Service shall be deemed to continue
          while the Optionee is on a military leave, sick leave or
          other bona fide leave of absence (as determined by the
          Committee) which has been approved by the Company in
          writing.

                  F.  DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  If an Optionee dies while
          he or she is in Service, then his or her Option(s) shall
          expire on the earlier of the following dates:

                      1.   The expiration date determined pursuant
          to Subsection A(4) above; or

                      2.   The date 12 months after his or her
          death.

          All or part of the Optionee's Option(s) may be exercised
          at any time before the expiration of such Option(s) under
          the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators
          of his or her estate or by any person who has acquired
          such Option(s) directly from him or her by bequest,
          beneficiary designation or inheritance, but only to the
          extent that such Option(s) had become exercisable before
          his or her death or became exercisable as a result of his
          or her death.  The balance of such Option(s) shall lapse
          when the Optionee dies.

                  G.  NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.  An Optionee, or
          a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a
          stockholder of FHC with respect to any Shares covered by
          his or her Option until the date of the issuance of a
          stock certificate for such Shares.  No adjustments shall
          be made, except as provided in Section VIII.

                  H.  MODIFICATION, EXTENSION AND ASSUMPTION OF
          OPTIONS.  Within the limitations of the Plan, the
          Committee may modify, extend or arrange for the
          assumption of outstanding Options or may accept the
          cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by
          FHC or another issuer) in return for the grant of new
          Options for the same or a different number of Shares and
          at the same or a different price.  The foregoing
          notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall,
          without the consent of the Optionee, impair his or her
          rights or increase his or her obligations under such
          Option.

                  I.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Any
          Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject
          to such special forfeiture conditions, rights or
          repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer
          restrictions as the Committee may determine.  Such
          restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock
          Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any
          general restrictions that may apply to all holders of
          Shares.

          SECTION VII.     PAYMENT FOR SHARES

                  A.  GENERAL RULE.  The entire Exercise Price of
          Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful
          money of the United States of America at the time when
          such Shares are purchased, except that FHC (at its sole
          discretion) may accept payment in one or more of the
          forms described below:

                      1.   SURRENDER OF STOCK.  To the extent that
          this Subsection (1) is applicable, payment may be made
          all or in part with Shares which have already been owned
          by the Optionee or his or her representative for more
          than 12 months and which are surrendered to FHC in good
          form for transfer.  Such Shares shall be valued at their
          Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are
          purchased under the Plan.

                      2.   EXERCISE/SALE.  To the extent that this
          Subsection (2) is applicable, payment may be made by the
          delivery (on a form prescribed by FHC) of an irrevocable
          direction to a securities broker approved by FHC to sell
          Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds
          to FHC in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price
          and any withholding taxes.

                      3.   EXERCISE/PLEDGE.  To the extent that
          this Subsection (3) is applicable, payment may be made by
          the delivery (on a form prescribed by FHC) of an
          irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities
          broker or lender approved by FHC, as security for a loan
          and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to FHC in
          payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any
          withholding taxes.

                      4.   PROMISSORY NOTE.  To the extent that
          this Subsection (4) is applicable, a portion of the
          Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be
          payable by a full-recourse promissory note, provided that
          (i) the par value of such Shares must be paid in lawful
          money of the United States of America at the time when
          such Shares are purchased, (ii) the Shares are security
          for payment of the principal amount of the promissory
          note and interest thereon, and (iii) the interest rate
          payable under the terms of the promissory note shall be
          no less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid
          the imputation of additional interest under the Code. 
          Subject to the foregoing, the Committee (in its sole
          discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate,
          amortization requirements (if any), and other provisions
          of such note.

          SECTION VIII.    ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

                  A.  GENERAL.  In the event of a subdivision of
          the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend
          payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in
          a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material
          effect on the value of Shares, a combination or
          consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by
          reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of
          Shares, a recapitulation or a similar occurrence, the
          Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in one or
          more of (i) the number of Shares available for future
          grants under Section V, (ii) the number of Shares covered
          by each outstanding Option, or (iii) the Exercise Price
          under each outstanding Option.

                  B.  MERGER; CONSOLIDATION.  In the event that FHC
          is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding
          Options shall be subject to the agreement or merger or
          consolidation.  Such agreement may provide, without
          limitation, (i) for the assumption of outstanding Options
          by the surviving corporation or its parent, (ii) for
          their continuation by FHC, if FHC is a surviving
          corporation, (iii) for payment of a cash settlement equal
          to the difference between the amount to be paid for one
          Share under such agreement and the Exercise Price, or
          (iv) for the acceleration of their exercisability
          followed by the cancellation of Options not exercised. 
          In the case of Options that have been outstanding for
          less than 12 months, a cancellation need not be preceded
          by an acceleration.

                  C.  RESERVATION OF RIGHTS.  Except as provided in
          this Section VIII, an Optionee shall have no rights by
          reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares
          of Stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend,
          or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of
          shares of stock of any class.  Any issue by FHC of shares
          of stock of any class, or securities convertible into
          shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no
          adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect
          to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an
          Option.  The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan
          shall not affect in any way the right or power of FHC of
          the Company to make adjustments, reclassification,
          reorganizations or changes of its capital or business
          structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve,
          liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its
          business or assets.

          SECTION IX. SECURITIES LAWS

                      Shares shall not be issued under the Plan
          unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies
          with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of
          law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of
          1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated
          thereunder, state securities laws and regulations of any
          stock exchange on which FHC's securities may then be
          listed.

          SECTION X.  NO RIGHTS TO SERVICE

                      No provision of the Plan, nor any Option
          granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any
          person any right to become, to be treated as, or to
          remain an Employee.  FHC, the Company and Subsidiaries
          and affiliates of the Company and FHC reserve the right
          to terminate any person's Service at any time and for any
          reason, subject to rights under employment agreement, if
          any.

          SECTION XI. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

                  A.  TERM OF THE PLAN.  The plan is effective as
          of October 1, 1993.  The Plan shall terminate
          automatically on October 1, 2003 and may be terminated on
          any earlier date pursuant to Subsection B below.

                  B.  RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE THE PLAN.  The
          Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any
          time and for any reason except the consent of FHC shall
          be required to add shares available for the grant of
          options.

                  C.  EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  No
          Shares shall be issued under the Plan after the
          termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option
          granted prior to such termination.  The termination of
          the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any
          Share previously issued or any Option previously granted
          under the Plan.

          SECTION XII.     EXECUTION

                  FHC has caused its authorized officer to execute
          this amended and restated Plan as September 7, 1995.

                                FOUNDATION HEALTH CORPORATION


                                By________________________________________
                                  Daniel D. Crowley
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer





                                                        Exhibit 5.1

              [Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois)
                                letterhead]

                                      April 4, 1997

        Foundation Health Systems, Inc.
        225 North Main Street
        Pueblo, Colorado  81003

                       Re:  Foundation Health Systems, Inc.    
                            Registration on Form S-8               

        Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We have acted as special counsel to Foundation
        Health Systems, Inc., formerly known as Health Systems
        International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
        "Company"), in connection with the preparation of the
        Registration Statement on form S-8 (the "Registration
        Statement") for the registration under the Securities Act
        of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of 4,762,006 shares (the
        "Shares") of Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value (the
        "Common Stock"), of the Company, together with 4,762,006
        Series A Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (the
        "Rights") associated therewith, which may be issued
        pursuant to the Foundation Health Corporation Employee
        Stock Purchase Plan, the Foundation Health Corporation
        Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan (Amended and Restated
        effective January 1, 1994), the 1990 Stock Option Plan of
        Foundation Health Corporation, the 1992 Nonstatutory Stock
        Option Plan of Foundation Health Corporation, the 1989
        Stock Plan of Business Insurance Corporation (as Amended
        and Restated Effective September 22, 1992), the Managed
        Health Network, Inc. Incentive Stock option Plan, the
        Managed Health Network, Inc. Amended and Restated 1991
        Stock Option Plan and the 1993 Nonstatutory Stock Option
        Plan of Foundation Health Corporation (collectively, the
        "Plans").

               Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of
        Merger dated as of October 1, 1996 (the "Merger Agreement")
        among the Company, FH Acquisition Corp., a Delaware
        corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
        ("Merger Sub"), and Foundation Health Corporation, a
        Delaware corporation ("FHC"), which provides for the merger
        of FH Acquisition Corp. with and into FHC, with FHC
        surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, the
        Company agreed to assume the Plans at the Effective Time
        (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

                  This opinion is being delivered in accordance
        with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K
        under the Act.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise
        defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the
        Registration Statement.

                  In connection with this opinion, we have examined
        originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to
        our satisfaction, of (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) a
        specimen certificate representing the Common Stock; (iii)
        the Merger Agreement; (iv) the Certificate of Merger of FHC
        and Merger Sub, dated April 1, 1997; (v) the Certificate of
        Incorporation of the Company, as presently in effect; (vi)
        the By-Laws of the Company, as presently in effect; (vii)
        certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
        Company approving the Merger Agreement and agreeing to the
        assumption of the Plans by the Company as of the Effective
        Time; and (viii) the Plans as amended to date.  We have
        also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
        identified to our satisfaction, of such other documents,
        certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or
        appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.  

                  In our examination, we have assumed the legal
        capacity of all natural persons, the genuiness of all
        signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to
        us as originals, the conformity to original documents of
        all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic
        copies and the authenticity of the originals of such
        copies.  In making our examination of documents executed by
        the parties other than the Company, we have assumed that
        such parties had the power, corporate or other, to enter
        into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also
        assumed the due authorization by all requisite action,
        corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such
        parties of such documents and that such documents
        constitute the valid and binding obligations of such
        parties.  As to any facts material to the opinions
        expressed herein which were not independently established 
        or verified, we have relied upon oral or written statements
        and representatives of officers, trustees and other
        representatives of the Company and others.

                  Members of our firm are admitted to the practice
        of law in the State of Illinois, and we do not express any
        opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
        General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the
        federal laws of the United States.  

                  Based on and subject to the foregoing and to the
        other qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we
        are of the opinion that:

                  1.   Upon issuance pursuant to the terms of the
        Plans, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and
        nonassessable.  

                  2.   Each Right associated with the Shares will
        be validly issued when the associated Shares have been duly
        issued as set forth in paragraph 1.

                  We hereby consent to all references to our Firm
        in the Registration Statement.  We also hereby consent to
        the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an
        exhibit to the Registration Statement.  In giving this
        consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the
        category of persons whose consent is required under the
        Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the
        Commission promulgated thereunder.  This opinion is
        expressed  as of the date hereof unless otherwise expressly
        stated and we disclaim any undertaking to advise you of the
        facts stated or assumed herein or any subsequent changes in
        applicable law.

                            Very truly yours,

                            /s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
                                 Flom






                                                          Exhibit 23.1

     INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration
     Statement of Foundation Health Systems, Inc. (formerly Health
     Systems International, Inc.) on Form S-8 of our report dated
     March 21, 1997, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
     Foundation Health Systems, Inc. (formerly Health Systems
     International, Inc.) for the year ended December 31, 1996.

     DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

     Los Angeles, California
     April 1, 1997





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission